Abb Docwin

USER MANUAL PART 1 STARTING TO WORK WITH DOCWin
!"
"!$
"
&&
'
))
*)
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
"
*
+
!
,
+
& -
.
+
"
0
#
"
0
!
))
*' ))
*
1
2
0
0
4 5
'6 '7
. &
*/
/&
* '8
&
!
.
82! 7 "/
) /
%
,
(
,
(
(
(
,
(
(
0
0
&
"
&
"'
*1 ' *
//
%
-
&
#
:0
"
<
,
1
+
+
,
#
-
& &
,
7
-
"
(
%
(
%
-
%
(
0
0
(
-
- ,
#
!"
&
&
!"
"!$
$ 3/
/ /
"
! 22 "
.
/
! 22 "
! 22 "! ' 0
-
%
,
! 22 "! '
+
,
,
.
'! 7 ! 6 '/
$ $ !6
! 7 '! /
0
9 '6 '7 ! 8
$ $ !6
4 =6 '
'"
'6 '7
4 =6 '
$ $ !6
,
5
$ $ !6
8 +
'6 '7
'6 '7
& / /4&
!
0
1
(
1
7
!$ 2
806 '
"
0
%
-
(
'
(
%
(
,
(
& / /4&
"
#
"
! 9 ' "' >
#$ %&
%
#
&
#,
6
#
'
6'
#
%
/ /
3 & 5 '/
(
6'
! 6 6 0$
"! ) '
"! ) ' ! "
$
% &
&
0
0
#
&
6 /
& 5 '/
'6
.
'
(((
% &'
? 08'
&
&
0
+
?!$ 2
08'
.
6& /
#
? 08'
$#
&
9
&* #
@&
?
+
-
? @&
%
#
!
!
!
!
'@
1
/
!
,
1
* + ,* 1
'
@&
9
%
!
$#
!
>
'
! A
!
+ #
! A
BCCC/
+,
#
$2
, )
!
)
,*
.+
& 5 '/
.? 08'/
?
2
'
+
"
% &
"
#
? @&
0
8'"
&
0
"! ) ' ! "
"
*
.
(((
&
0
D
&
1
"! ) '
:" ;
"! ) ' ! "

#
&
(
-
USER MANUAL PART 2 DRAWING UTILITIES
!"
%!
&
'
&
"
"
! "
$ %& "
'
"
#'
"(
. ,) !
*
/
2,3 "2
01 , "0
) ,-,
./
!
&
"
!"
.+
12 .+3
.+
(
/
-
) ( $6
+
8
"
+
"
(
-
"
6
$
$%
&
"#
:7 :%
6
'
+
!
"#
!
$%
(
"#
"#
+
% :1 ( ; :
(
$%
$&
+
$ ( 1 1 - 7 ) /< ( 02: $
( 02:$ /< $ ( 1 1 - 7 )
)
$
) ( $6
$( ,
!
=
%
+4
,54
+4
+/
,, . +
6
# $%
) ( $6
$
&
&%'() *
$>
) ( $6
# $%
&
&%'() &
$( ,
) ( $6
# $%
&%'() +
,- :
$( ,
$>
) ( $6
, .+
) > ,& $ - :
# $%
:7 :%
)
/
+
: $
# $%
$%
:7 :%
) ++
*
# $%
'
$%
:7 :%
# $%
$%
:7 :%
&
+,
) ( $6
# $%
, &%'() .
) -
+,
# $%
' &%'() /
12 .+- +
1 ( ; : ( 02:$
# $%
01
)- -
$%
'
+
- + 12 .+- +
:)
# $%
( 02: $
01
)- -
& $%
*1
$
1
+
?
12 .+
?
% :7 > 1 0:% 7 3
@
?
# $%
'
$%
+* - 5
# $%
-2
# $
&
1 -%
%( - :
1 () !
'
1 (;:
1 (;:
0> 0- %
%: $
1 (;:
%: $
$ %!
&
* 87
87
A( ( 1
"
"
) ( $6
#
*
B
+$ 3
.
.
&%'() )
&%'()
&
*
8
8
CD
!
9
EF
8
/8
/9
/E F
*'
*'
'
'
*'
*
&
*
*
$
$
)
$
*
+ (' ,
*
)
%
)
%
(.
(
*
"#
$
,- 7
+
+$ 3
) - 9
The command refreshes the drawing, clearing the screen, updating objects and
displaying any hidden changes to the objects.
+$ 3
' - 4
5
'
"
"
:+
%6 6 (
% "
:C
) ( $6
:C
&:
- ++ :+
(
G
'
&
# $%
'6
6 01
'%$
:+ +5
6
) ( $6
*
"
#
"
'
"
+
#
#
:C
&:
) ( $6
&
- 7% *% %/(
%6 6 (
% "
/$ &
0
'
'
+
4
%(
&
+
)*!
1
$
%(
&
+
)*!
1
$
%(
+
%(
+
)
%(
+
'
!
%(
&
&
)
/
=
- ; : 1 - $% (
1 - $% (
,
:7 :%
1 - $% (
&
1 - $% ( "
#
6
$
<
)
1 - $% (
/
1 ,( %
6
1 - $% (
1 - $% (
USER MANUAL VERSION 3.0
"#
!
" "
" "
!% !&% '& ($
$
"
"
"
"
'
)
* #$ +$
"
"
-
"
"
$
"
& &'
" "
#
"
"
$'
$ /
'
$
'
#
"
.
"
"
"
"
"
"
$
"
"
35$
"
&
"
"
$
"
"
"
"
"" "
.
"
"
"
"
5$
6
$
"
"
$
"
#
"
* +* ,
&
"
$/
"
"
$
"
$
/
"
#
$ '
"
"
"
"
$
"
"
"
7 "
"
"
$6
8
$
" "
96
: ;
"
$
.
"
*
<
"
"
,
"
""
$ '
"
4
"
"
"
"
4
"
"
5$ '
""
$
"
,
# "
-
"
"
,
""
"
"
"
"
$
"
"
"
"
#$
"
"
"
#
&
'
(
"
)
" #
'
"
+* ,
&
" $ >?
$
/ -0 ,
<
/
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
""
"
1.6.1. Cable dimensioning

"
"
"
"
@& A $
"
"
#
#
"
"
" *
"
1.6.2. Methods used to dimension phase conductors

+
"
#
"
5$
,
'
,# -./0
,,
,# 1 2 ,3 4567./8,
"
"
BDCC+
$!
B>>E CF$
,# 1 2 ,3 4567./7,
"
BCCC+
"
" "
,# 1 2 ,3 4567-,
"
"
$!
,# 1 2 ,3 45679,
"
"
$<
J"
"
#, -64-./5/574, &
: , 7;0 +
., +
(
BB=B>>H.
2 < 85/866, '
M
#,
'
#,
"
-66;7/457 &
"
BCCC+
"
"
"
"
BDCC+
B>>E CF$
$!
"
"
B +
B +
$ !
B>HI BI$
"
"
$ !
B>HI BI$
$
K
% "
O
"
. $ B CI=B>>D$
-60;6
# "
"
$ N B>>H$
" P .
"
4!
.5
" O
'' & $
'
'
"
#
"
- "
"
#
"
BCQ $
'
=
86> "
"
"
"
"
"
'
"
"
"
,
"
$
"
$
"
4
"
"
5$
"
"
,
'
"
#
"
"
"
"
$
"
,
#, -6709/4/7 &
"
B>>D CF"
8
!
(
'
P, (
I, &
@
"
8
"
,# 76/.4
88 8
"
& $ ' C> B>>E$
#"
"
4
"
D$I5$
"
#
$
""
"
"
R&
* #
"
#
N
"" "
=
.
.
'
"
R
R&
=
=
S
S
RQ S
RQ S
R
"
! #
(
*
.
+
= T
S
RQ S
RQ S
RQ S
RQ S
RQ S
"
I
"
"
"
1.6.3. Optimization of neutral or PEN conductors

@
!&@
8,
""
"
""
"
"
"
)
)
)
"
"57.
BF
"
,# -./0?5
"
BF
"
"
BF
"
"
BF
ID
ID
"
1.6.4. Dimensioning of PE conductors

!&
"
6
-
,# -./0
" 5.4"
,
"
#
"
!&
-
!&
BF
"
"
"
?
I
BF
"
"
"
I$D
"
BF
-
"
$
"
$
BF
PD
!&
! "
PD
!&
'% G' "
!&
"
!&
"
& 1'@' ' @ "
1.6.5. Parameters used for dimensioning

"
U
U '% G' U "
$1
"
U< &@&%. 0
U
. .U "
$
#"
$
" "
" "
"
'
* #
"
"
#
"
) '
"
% =
'
#
"
"
#
#
"
BCV
#
"
"
4W. * 6'&@
(
"
ICQ
+
'
(
. .W
$ 7
"
'
W '% G' WW5
"
""
"
4.
5$
'
$'
""
"
""
"
"
"
$'
"
$'
"
$
"
"
"
"
"
)
$(
)
"
#$
"
$
"
'&
FCPF?$
&
(
" @
"
'% G'
$
"
"
"
%
-
"
"
$
$
"
A
"
"
"
$
@( '
'
"
"
4
@$
"
BCCC +5$
3
$
$'
"
"
"
$
4
5
"
$
$
#
"
"
$
'
-
"
"
""
,
"
"
"
"
$
"
)
'% G'
"
"
,
"
K
""
"
$
#
8"4
# !(
"
" "
#B
8"4
A,
!&
&1'@' ' @U "
"
U!&
1.6.6. Results of dimensioning

"
"
'* &@(' @'@<

$
"
'% G'
" "
U%& (G0 (U
,
-
" "
2.
4
-
"
35
@
!&
!
"
""
"" "
5
-
"
"
"
!
("
("
("
* #
* #
"
"
!&
"
"
" "
"
!&
" "
"
"
.
2
$
"
"
$
3
"
"" "
"
"
"
"
"
$
" "
'&
FCPF?$
"
"
1.6.7. Verification
#
"
"
!& 4
!&@5
"
$/
%& (G0 ( "
* '
6 (
$'
"
"
"
"
)
!% !&% '&(
6 (
$ $
"
"
!% !&% '& (
$
6 (
"
"$
'
6 (
"
,
3
6 ($
$'
"
"
"
$
%
"
,
"
6 (
"
8"4
" "
$
#B
8"4
# !(
"
A
"
"
@( '
'
"
"
4
BCCC +5$
"
"
@$
'
"
,
$
"
,
""
,
"
"
,
'
-
6 (
"
,
"
"-
"
"
"
"
'
#
-
"
"
1
"
"
'
$"
$ %
"
"
$
"
"
"
,
%
000@
000
00@
00
0@
000 00 0@
00
00 0@
%
@
@
@(
"
@(
4 000 ""
00 5
"
"
0
$ $
"
1
$
"
"
"
"
4
5$
"
2
26
3"
"
"
$5-
"
2G 3
"
$
#
"
$
$
4
"
G
"
-
2@ # 3
"
#
,
$
""
"
"
$'
$
%"C$I
"
"
#
'
"
"
#"
"
'
"
"
"
"
"
45
"
#
" 454
4 5$ 7
'
4
"
8
"
5
"
"
G
-
2@ # 3
"
I
"
"
"
$ $
$'
"
"
#-
"
"
"
5$ '
"
"
"
#-
"
#-
"
"
"
"
$
2@ # 3
"
$
5-
$.
"
'
"
"
" $
"
"
-
"
"
"
$
$ $
,
X )Y%"C$I
%"C$I
%"C$I
)
"
? &' &@ FCHFD B5
"
"
"
2*
$
"
"
"
"
"
"
$
6
4
'@ ?PFEC
PDV
#
BCCC
DF =
'@ ?PFEB
,
"
"
8
""
$
"
FDV
PD$B
=
Z
45
"" ,
,
- "
C$PD 4. 5
"
"
# 8
C$?C 4
C$>C$
&
" 5,
"" #
4
4"
# 8
- "
C$DC 4. 5
"
C$EC
= Z$
"
"
"
C$F = 5
"" #
C$?D
= Z4 5
"" #
C$>C
C$PD
C$FC 4 5
= Z 4. 5
$
$
'
"
"
"
4
"
"
#
"
&' BB IF
"
$
'& HFD + & CBCP
"
" "
"
"
$
"
#
,
$
"
)
)
$
$
/&
"
"
"
"
$'
"
"
"
"
-
"
$
2
3$
0 &
"
"
"
"
"
$
! "
$
"
"
$'
"
"
$ '
%
"
&
#
$
$
4
"
"
"
"
"
"
$'
"
$
" "
"
%
$' "
$
"
&
&- &
1
* G0 '* & &%

(
$
0
$
"
$
"
*
,0
/<
"
"
$ $
"
'
"
$
"
"
4
5$
"
/ &+1
1.13.1. General
,
-
)
"
)
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
,
#
"
"
"
.
'
="
"
"
"
'& FC>?E I4
5-
"
'&
)
"
"
"
FCH>H
,' 4
'
'
$
"
"
$
,
$
/
"
"
# "
"
"
$
"
/
"
"
$(
$ $
'
"
4
"
5$
"
4
'
"
"
"
"
$
"
"
"
* 5$
"
"
C
&
.G
/
8
*. '
. 0 G0. ' @
4
"
"
" $
'
"
3
$
. 0 G0. ' @ "
"
" 5
"
"
$ .
.G * . '
!% !&% '&(
"
$
""
"
.G
. 0 G0. ' @
*. '
1.13.2. Circuit-breaker interface

6
!% !&% '& (
"
$
"
"
$
/
'
"
"
"
"
" 4
"
"
""
4 #
"
5$
5
4
#
"
.G
G
*. '
(
"
. 0 G0. ' @
;;
"
=
$
"
"
"
$
"
&
"
=
"
,
-
"
"
"
"
4( ""
<
"
"
$7
"
# "
,
-
"
"
"
"
"
"
-
"
-
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
$
"
" "
"
$
"
"
"
$
"
"
'
&
"
+
-
"
$
#
""
"
'
"
"
"
$
"
"
"
""
"
?PP,
&' F?=H ?
(
# # #B
,
' ,
' ,
'8,
',
# 8".5 #B
"
"
"
"
"
F?=H ?
-
&'
?P?,
"
"
"
-
4'I 5
"
I I
4K ( 5$
#
"
""
"
&' F?=H ?
?BP
++
Rt
-
,
%,
"
"
50
I
',
#"
"
"
"
+2
Zs Ia U0
-
,
[(,
"
"
"
"
G C,
', "
"
"
"
GC
4
D -
5
' $
"
-
"
'
#+
"
"
. "
'
$
"
,
-
',
-
"
,
-
&(
"
*
"
+ ,
#
""
1.13.3. Coordination with other circuit-breakers

"
#"
"
?CC+
?BD+
"
$
"
,
-
"
"
"
=
"
"
""
"
4
"
"
<
&
(&
&
"
"
"
,
#
-
"
-
'
'
. 0 G0. ' @(
"
' 9 FP.
"
"
#
"
"
ID . $
"
4 ""
FP.
.G * . '
' ; ID . "
"
-
+
$
<
"
""
$
"
$
"
"
"
"
""
"
/
4
5$
'
"
"
B .
"
"-
"
#
"
"
$
"
$
$
$$
"
"
/
4
5$
$
$%
1.13.4. Circuit-breaker selection

6
"
//
"
"
"
$
"
"
-
"
. ""
'
1
'
"
$
&
'
"
"
"
'
"
$
"
# "
$
"
"
"
$
"
)
$
"
8
"
"
"
"
#
$
$(
"
"
'
"
0
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
$
"
"
'
"
1.13.5. Plant properties

"
" "
"
'
$
"
-
"
"
)
+ + 2
$"
$
"
"
"
FC>?E I 4
'&
'&
FCH>H 4
'&
'
"
"
FC>?E I
#
FCH>H
'&
"
'
"
'
'
'
"
$
"
"
'
3
"
$'
"
#-
"
"
"
5$
#
"
$
(
@
"
#4'
3
$
1.13.6. Short-circuit currents

"
"
"
$
"
$
"
"
"
$
#
,
-
(
(
(
'&
'&
'+ +
"
FC>C> B
FBPFP B
+
+
#
67878 9 ""
4. 5
"
DC7 8 FC7 8
"
$
,
5
-
'
'
)
69:6: 9
#
#
"
.
"
""
"
"
$
$
$#
PHC +
1.13.7. Why...
/
F
"
"
2
" #
$ &
"
-
" "
$
"
"
"
"
"
"
,
"
'
#"
$
,
"
"5-
"
-
'
2
"
4
'8
"
3
O" +
/
F
"
$
"
"
$ (
"
"
" "
)
""
"
"
"
"
$ 6
G
"
1
!
(
" "
$
$
"
"
$
"
5!. 5
$
!
4 <,
5!. 5
* ,"
"
5
8$
<
'
"
"
"
.
'
"
$
"
-
&
$
+
"
"
"
""
'
4G
&
"
<
$
"
"
U
"
"
$
"
"
?PP,
&' F?=H ?
,
' ,
' ,
'8,
',
"
(
# # #B
# 8".5 #B
"
"
"
F?=H ?
-
"
"
?P?,
"
4'I 5
"
4K I(I5$
&'
#
"
""
"
"
&' F?=H ?
?BP
"
"
$
1
"
&' F?=H ?
""
"
?BP
"
$
# H 8"- #
$
8"- # 8".5 #B
+
6";
# 6"; #B
'
" #
&
8"4
" ; - 5!"
"
"
$'
"
&
"
/&
G
$
" "
"
$
"
!
!
5!. 5
5!. 5
$
"
%$
*
"
"
" "
$
"
-
"
"
"
"
%%
1
+
#
+ & #
,
= & 0
"
'
"
,
#
&
#
&' &@ FC>?E P
(
U
'' I
"
"
$
'
U&
+
"
""
'
U&
5$
"
"
U(
$
"
'
"
'
&
(
1
"
"
<
<
4
U&
'
"
0
"
"
"
$
,
1, #
!, "
,
'
U(
"
"
"
"
"
"
'
$
U1
"
%(
"
"
0
"
A
"
"
$
%"
'
$
"
"
"
"
"
"
'
'
"
"
$
"
(
"
'
"
"
5
$
"
#3
$
'
3
(
"
$'
#
"
'
"
"
&
"
%#
&
'
'" "
"
*
"
"
"
"
"
5
"
$
"
'
"
U&
$
"
0
"
"
4G
'
'
=&
$
"
<
5$
"
"
"
$
U
"
'
'
"
"
$
U&
"
"
"
'
"
U&
"
""
"
0
$
4
5
U(
U
$
"
# "
"
"
$
'
"
"
"
"
'
&
1
"
"
"
$
U& '
'
"
"
"
"
"
"
'
U1
$
$
0
"
"
"
"
A
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
$
"
$
$
" )
,
G
"
"
"
'
"
$
"
"
0
"
"
1
-
)
"
'
"
"
"
"
3
6
!% !&% '&(
"
"
-
,
<
G
"
-
"
%
%
%
%
($
""
8
"
%
"
"
"
$ $
"
%
%
"
%
"
"
)
"
"
$
""
2G 8
3
"
\ DC +.
G 8
""
"
\ ID +.
G
"
""
%
(%
"
\ DCQ
8
%
)
\ BCCQ $
"
"
$
"
"
"
"
"
4
"
5-
"
2
'
"
"
4
((
$
"
5$
'
"" "
"
"
"$ '
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
'
"
"
"
"
"
$
%
$
&
"
"
$
"
)
'
-
"
+
)
"
!
' =
G1
("
4
4
"
8
"
"
>
5
U
)
"
"
"
"
"
$
U+
4
"
#"
5
U# )
#
;
. 66 "
$ $
$
"
$5
U
U# )
"
U
$G
U5
"
"
$
'
"" "
$
(#
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
4
"
4
+
)
$
" "
"
I$I$H &' &@ FC>?E ? B5
( ! 4(
!
*
6
)
%
%
"
(
(
"
"
!
"
"
I$I$BD
&' &@ FC>?E B5 $ $

"" "
"
(
"
$
5
**(
*
,
6$
"
4?$P$B$B '&
""
8
$
"
+
$'
"
"
"" "
FC>?E B5
#$
U&
'
$
"
"
"
"
"
"
.
"
"
""
4 "
" "
" IC PC
'
/ !& B
"
'
)
"
" BC
BC.
"
"
2 "
W5-
"
"
$
"
"
# "
4$ $
"
"
"
"
"
$
'
$
""
$
+
(
"
"
/ !& I
"
"
$
&' &@ FC>?E ? "

"
I$?
$
&1
/. / 1
"
"
"
5$
$7
"
""
$
' "
- 0
- 0
5 4 5- @
- !
- !
- &
"
,
4 54 54
4 54' 54 15-
)
)
4
4
4
54
5
5 4'G5G5-
"
"
$
"
$
"
"
"
4846
"
$
U
U
2 .&
,
"
"
""
"
$
"
-
" ,
"
""
"-
"
"-
"
""
#$
"
"
"
$
"
"$
""
0 /& 1
5
"
"
%
%
%
%
"
)
""
"
"
)
"
.
6
"" "
# $
"
""
"
"
"
"
"
"
"%
""
"
"
$
"
"
$
'
"" "
$
"
-
,
"
"
"
"
"(
7/ 1
"
"
"
"
"
"
$
"
"
"
"
""
$
"
'
"
7 / / &+1
5
*+
"
"
" "
$/
"
7, /
/&
*+
"
" "
"
7
*+
" "
/
"
$
"
"
"#
0 & 9/ - -
! "
"
"
"
$
'
" "
"
=
" "
"
$
$
"
'
#
"
U
'
U"
' +
$
" "
& 1: /&, &
(
#
"
"
?
"
'
"" "
U
"
U
(
U&
'
#
)
?
"
U "
$
"
"
USER MANUAL VERSION 3.0
!" "
#$
!" "
#$
% &
'
(()
! "
!
"
-
!
"$
! "
" "
&
"
'
(
"
&
'
!
*
"
"
%
$
!
!
%
"
%
!
#
,
-. -/. 0/ +
"$
!
"
"
"
"
&.
'
2 !(
!
'
(
-3 !
!
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
!
"
&
&
"
"
%
-
+
+
0/
0/
+') ) & % % ) ,
&
45656&7
47848&7
& ) &- (
&
&
&
!
&
!
&
&
" *
"
!
"
"
!
#
& #
&
'
&
&
/0
0
+& ( ( " . / /
+
-
0/
0
0
45656&7
&
&
&
'
:5 ;
*
895 2 '
45 ;
"
-
&
*
*
"
&
"
&
*
-
"
*
*
%
"
&
*
"
&
&
*
*
&
&
&
"
&
0"
+& ( ( " .
+
. 0
0/
47848&7
%
"
&
%
"
"
"
&
&
+
0
&
*
&
*
&
&
*
&
&
&
0 '(
"
"
$ %
0. < 0
) 1 ) , +0+ ) 1
0= /1 +0 1 01 >
-
!"
(0
(
01 2 % %
0
&' &!(" " &' ) ) * +' "
&
!
' '
" %
"
"
&
#
-
" %
"$
'" "
(
-
&"
" %
&?
&
1 0> < . ) 0 1 +
" %!
!
" %
"
1/
.@
!
"
" !
&
&
"
&
- &0% % &%
0
-
A
&
&
0
0
!
*
A
A
!
"
"
& %
"
*
-
0
&
&
A
'75
"
"
:5 ; (
<
0
"
"
"
"
!
"
!
"$
, '
"
"
! "
&"
"
D
- &0% % &%
&
&
"$
,
A"# $
%$ & %
& $$'
&
"A
A(
&
"
A"# $
%$ & %
& $$'
&
"A
= %
#
&
%
"$
!
&
"
&"
&"
" !

A. /+<
+A
&
&
A(
"
&
&
&2
5%
*
A
&
$( % ) %
&
) ( *$
'
&
E!7
"
0
'
0
(
"
"
"
&"
"
&
F1
A
"
'"
"
F
" !
""
"$
(
F
)
!
!
&" %!
"$
"
F
!
!
"
+ 0
F
-
./
USER MANUAL PART 5 - PRINTING
! "#
!"
% &
"
( #
"
$"
$"
"
% &
"
"
" '
' "
#
"#
"
"
% &
"
"
"
$
+$
"
$
$
#
*
'
"
#
" #"
" #
" #
*$
"
"
%
"
"
"
% & '
"
$
'
"
)
-
"
'
)
-
'
" *0
'
'
"
'
#
( .
*0
#
'
#
#
#
% &
(
(
%/ "
""
-
/",
" '
'
"
#
(
"
" ".
% &
"
'
*
,,
#
#
"
$
.
"
""
-1
&
"
#
"
"
&
"
'
%
"
+
"
#
"
"
"
'
"
'
' " % " ".
"
% ".
"
'
"
%
"
%/ "
"
% " '
"
"
"
"
" "
4
%
"
"
"
" '
% " '
,
#
%
0
"
'
#
%
% " '
,
"
% &! "
"
'
%/ "
#
"
#
' "
(
'"
'
!
"
" "
"
"
'
"
"
%
#
' #"
% ""
#
"
"
"
# &
"
# %/ "
'
"
"
" %/ " $ .
"
5 6
)
#
"
%/ " " "

$
" "
",
-
'
)"
0
7 ( "
*0
7 (#
#
"
& 7
$"
%
"
-" %
8 % -
% 8
*0
-
"
'
"
5"
&
%
(
"
"
%
""
%
#
"
*
%/ "
,
$
-9
" %
"
"
"
#
%
"
" "
/"
'
'
"
%/ "
%/ "
%
,
, "
, "
#
) "
, "
'
#
%
%
#
"
)
"
" %
,
"
#
"
#
$"
"
& #
*
7# (
'
"
#
& 7
"
("
-" %
'
8*
) *
5"
5 6
"
"
#:
"
"
5"
%
$
+
#
$
"
""
$
"
"
$
"
# "
%%
"
!
"
#
$
"
# "$
$
'
$
# "
#
"
$ "
$ "
"
"
"
+
"
( )"
%/ "
'
$ "*
"
%
$
%
"
% )" ".
-9
"
&
%
-9
% "
'
%
#
%
'
$
'
"
'
'$
'
"
"*+ "
%
#
'
%
"
'
'
"
#
'
# $" ".
%
"
"
, $
$
(
( $
'$
"
"
'
'
"
'
-' $
'
"
"
'
"
#
#
"
'
$"
'$
.
#
&
.
%
&
$
&
#
/
# '
#
&
#
&
"
'
"
' "
2 #
#
"
'
"
"
"
%
"
' %
%$
'
$ .
"
'
## #
' %
%
"
"
#
"
'
# "
"
"
"
'
'
" ".
"
"
"
"
"
##
.
%
" $
3
"
"
%
#
#
<;
"
"
#
"
"
" ".
"
"
"
" ".
"
#
3 =
1=
#
%
%
"
$
> =
1=
(
7 =
1=
- 9 - ?- 2? 7
-B
%
%
= 1=
(CD" *$
> B"
7
"
2
3 :=
"
1=
3 @
7 =
7 ?=
*$
1=
@
@
&
;
B"
E"
F"
@
@
"
E " (#
7-
"
- 9 - ?- 2?
#
> F" *
1=
% $
% $
"
3 =
,
'
" $
- 9 - ?- 2? 7
#
$=
7
% $
=
"
#
"
"
A-5 ?
CD"
- &
- &
- '
- (
-
" $
%
"
<;
'
#
#
2
3
(C" *
'
#
#C " *
%
#
%
"
(=
CD G C G B G F > C;
'
#%
" (
(C;" * %
C;
" "
(
'
&
"#
*
'
(
% (E" * '
"
'
#
"
0$
C;
(
1
'-
(4
&
- #
" )% )"
"
"
"
%
#
$"
" #"
#
'
%
#
$ "*
%
"#
"
# #
:
$
#
"
&
"
#
"
"
"
" (
$
".
"
"
#
"
"
##
"
"
!)
(*!+
'
" #
",
!)
(*!+
",
3
"
% "
5 '
%
"
"
,
"
"
'
"
#
+
"
"
"
% "
"
, $
, $
&
2
"
& #
"
"
"
" (
&
$
#
$"
$ "*
%
"
".
"
#
#
) "
"
&
#
&
% &
-.
Example of TEXT object

.
Example of selected TEXT object

#
"
% "
5 '
%
"
"
,
"
"
'
&$
"
#
+
"
&
"
#
"
%
% "
$
"
#
&
&
"
#$
"
".
".
".
%
"
#
+
&
%
%
%
&
"
%
".
"
&
'
"
"
/! 0*
"
"
+ +* !
3
"
%
".
"
"
"
"
& - *1- 0 + +* !
"
5 '
%
"
"
"
"
% "
'
"
"
#
"
"
%
% "
% "
"
&
"
%
".
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
! 0
2 +!
"
5 '
"
%
"
"
"
"
'
"
#
"
"
"
%
"
"
#
+
% "
$
&
"
".
"
"
"
!
#
"
"
*$ 2 !
"
"
"
"
25 *
.
"
$%
"
"
5 '
"
"
"
% "
#
'
"
$
"
,
#
"
"
"
"
% "
"
(4
5 '(
"
.&
"
$
(4
%
%/ "
"
".
"
"
'
5'
%/ "
%
%/ "
"
# @
"
%/ "
'
#
"
?"
"
&
"
%/ "
%
" "
% &
% &
'
%
+
-2 (
* " "
%/ "
"
"
"
"
'
4
"
&
5 6
9(
"
8
"
"
"
"
&
%
'
",
"
&
$7
$
#
"
Curves
Ver 1.0.0.0008
1.
WARNINGS ........................................................................................................ 3
2.
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 4
3.
USE CONDITIONS............................................................................................ 4
4.
MENU COMMANDS......................................................................................... 5
5.
USING CURVES ................................................................................................ 7
6.
ADVANCED FEATURES ............................................................................... 17
7.
PRINT COMMANDS ...................................................................................... 20
Curves User Guide page 2
1. Warnings
ABB SACE S.p.A. responsibility towards the user necessarily presumes that the program has been used in a
professionally correct manner and that the user has followed all the given precautions/instructions.
Even in the case of program defects which have been detected and verified, ABB SACE S.p.A. shall only be
responsible for repairing the program in a reasonable length of time.
ABB SACE S.p.A declines all responsibility for either direct or indirect damages, however caused, to the user or third
parties by use or non-use or late availability of the program, magnetic support or documentation supplied.
The user must:
- check the use of the program supplied by ABB SACE S.p.A. and the reliability and accuracy of the data entered, and
also that the data entered fully corresponds with and is consistent with the printed results;
- take all necessary precautions to safeguard and preserve data and to allow him to reconstruct data using his own
means should the data be lost or destroyed due to an error in handling or entering data and/or an error in using the
program, or even an operational defect of the program and/or processor used;
- ensure that the program is only used by professionally and technically qualified personnel able to use it correctly.
The user must follow the instructions and notes given and take all the precautions recommended at all times.
ABB SACE S.p.A declines all responsibility if the user does not follow the instructions for operation and use indicated.
ABB SACE S.p.A. declines all responsibility for any damages due to destruction of data files or other occurrences
caused by not having followed the instructions and precautions indicated, by not having used the program correctly or
due to an operational defect of the computer used, whatever the cause of this operational defect may be.
ABB SACE S.p.A. declines all responsibility for mistakes by the user concerning the use of the program and any
mistakes and/or inaccuracies contained in the data and/or data combinations entered.
ABB SACE S.p.A. reserves the right to modify and/or update the program and relevant instructions, at any such time
that it is deemed necessary or opportune, in the light of new provisions of law and technological, management or
operational developments.
Conditions of use:
- The program is protected by Copyright.
- No unauthorized copies of the program and relevant documentation are permitted.
- Changing, adapting, re-designing or creating applications based on the program itself, on the files or documentation
supplied is forbidden.
- ABB SACE S.p.A. reserves the right to take legal action to protect its interests.
- The software is not for sale and is distributed for promotional purposes only.
2. Introduction
Curves allows the visualization of the time-current, energy and peak limitation characteristics of ABB low voltage
devices. Program features are the guided verifications of the protection of cables, people and discrimination.
3. Use conditions
Curves visualizes tripping and limiting characteristics according to catalogues, considering the worst working
conditions.
The algorithms for the verification of the cable protection are described in the international standards.
The algorithms for the verification of discrimination respect the guidelines provided in ABB SACE Technical
Application Papers, specifically QT1: Low voltage selectivity with ABB circuit-breakers (QT1 from now on).
QT1 is distributed in .pdf format along with Curves and it is available in the Help menu.
The indications about the adjustments of the releases are valid for general purposes. For specific combinations of
circuit-breakers and for specific installation conditions, ABB SACE may provide indications which do not respect the
verifications made in the software.
4. Menu commands
Menu commands allow a simple management of the features of Curves.
Frequently used commands are proposed also in the toolbar with the icon represented left of the command described in
the following paragraphs.
While moving the mouse cursor over an icon, the program will show the description of the command (tool tip).
4.1.
File Menu
New > Creates a new file.
Open > Opens a previously saved Curves file (extension *.crs).
Save > Saves the current project. The program will store the list of
chosen objects, their status (visible-not visible), the settings of
releases and the relations between objects (cable protectiondiscrimination).
Save as > Saves the current project with a different filename and/or
path.
Project data > Enables the user to enter, or change, the data in the
project heading (customer, plant, project, board ).
Print > Prints a report with the current diagram and the visualized
objects (see paragraph 7.1 for details).
4.2.
Exit > Closes Curves.
Copy Diagram > Copies the current diagram in the clipboard; the
diagram is available for pasting in the wished format.
Copy Values > Copies the descriptions, the reference voltage and all
the other useful data of the visualized objects in the clipboard. The
information stored vary depending on the object (I.e.: the settings for a
circuit-breaker or the sections for a cable).
Properties> Opens the control panel of the highlighted object.
Zoom +.
Zoom -.
Zoom Extension > Zoom in/out to automatically fit all the curves
displayed in the diagram.
Ib > Visualizes a vertical line at the Ib of the highlighted object.
Iz > Visualizes a vertical line at 1,45xIz of the highlighted object.
Ikmin> Visualizes a vertical line at minimum fault current of the

highlighted object.
Edit menu
4.3.
View menu
4.4.
Ikmax > Visualizes a vertical line at the maximum fault current of the
highlighted object.
Objects > Switches to panel Objects.
Relations > Switches o panel Relations.
Help Menu
The Help menu contains the links to the Help file, QT1, the About window, the Warnings
and Use conditions.
4.5.
Toolbar specific options

The following options are available only in the Curves Toolbar.
Show related > Shows the objects linked to the highlighted object for
protection or discrimination relations.
Relations dialog > Opens the Relations window, where it is possible
to assign:
1) the protection of a specific cable to a circuit-breaker or fuse
2) a discrimination link between two circuit breakers
Toggle ID > Toggles ON OFF the visualization of a user made ID
for the highlighted object
Coordinates > Opens the Coordinates window for the highlighted
object
Voltage > Defines the diagram reference voltage
Color > Changes the color of the curve of the highlighted object
Thickness > Changes the thickness of the curve of the highlighted

object
Pattern > Changes the pattern of the curve of the highlighted object
WARNING
The icons arent available for each object (I.e.: the Iz for circuit breakers).
When an icon is not available it will be marked in grey.
5. Using Curves
Example of Curves Workflow:
1) Choice of the object(s) to be visualized
2) Definition of the verifications to check (cables protection discrimination between circuit breakers)
3) Choice of the curve (Time-current, Energy limitation, Peak limitation)
4) Setting of the object(s) (if available)
5) Printout of the finished job
5.1.
Curves main window

The Curves main window is divided into 4 sections:
1) Toolbar > Containing menus and toolbars;
2) Objects > Showing the list of objects in the current file;
3) Diagram > Showing the diagram with the curves of the objects;
4) Relations > Showing the list of discrimination and cable protection relations.
(Figure 1) Main window
Moving the diagram

To move the visualized area drag & drop the diagram with the right mouse button .
5.2.
Objects
Click on New button to choose a product. ABB products (circuit breakers, fuses) will be
selected via a specific selection window. Once chosen and selected, the wished product will
be added to the list of the visualized objects.
The available objects are:
Cable: choice of a generic cable. The default data shown in cable window refers to a
cable with 3 conductors loaded, method of installation B2 (installation in cable trunking,
standard IEC 60364-5-52). The data are user customizable.
Cb (Circuit breaker) with electronic release: ABB Air or Moulded Case circuit
breaker equipped with an electronic release.
Cb (Circuit breaker) with thermomagnetic release: ABB Miniature or Moulded Case
circuit breaker equipped with a thermomagnetic release.
Fuse: fuses with gG (general purpose) and aM (Motor start-up) fuse-links; sizes from
00 to 3 (NH sizes) and rated current from 2A up to 630A. Also available fuses
defined in the standard IEC 60269-2-1.
RCCB (Residual Current Circuit Breaker): products with Idn from 0,01A up to 1A; A
and AC classes; Instantaneous, Selective and Anti-Perturbance versions.
User defined: definition of a curve with points, supplying abscissa and ordinate.
Area: definition of an area supplying abscissa and ordinate of the perimeter points. The
area will be filled in with a pattern (see paragraph 4.5 for details).
(Figure 2) Circuit breaker selection window
5.3.
Available curves
5.4.
I-t LLL: time-current devices tripping characteristic for three phase faults.
I-t LL: time-current devices tripping characteristic for two phase faults.
I-t LN: time-current devices tripping characteristic for single phase faults.
I-t LPE: time-current devices tripping characteristic for phase-earth faults.
I-I2t LLL: specific let through energy for three phase faults.
I-I2t LL: specific let through energy for two phase faults.
I-I2t LN: specific let through energy for single phase faults.
I-I2t LPE: specific let through energy for phase-earth faults.
Peak: current limitation curve.
Setting the releases

Current object
It is the currently selected object. Selecting an object need to:
Click on the description in the Objects section
Click on the curve
The curve of the current object is dashed.
(Figure 3) The red dashed curve is the current object
Circuit breaker with electronic release

How to set an electronic release?
In the control panel. Double click on the description or the curve of the release to open
its control panel. Choose the wished setting in the pop-up menus: the curves are
updated in real time. Set ON-OFF functions of the releases by clicking on the
corresponding check box. The control panel are floating and it is possible to see more
than one at the same time.
Dragging the curve directly in the diagram. Move the mouse cursor on the edge of a
curve until it changes its shape into an horizontal double headed arrow
for current
thresholds, and a vertical double headed arrow
for time thresholds. Click and,
keeping the left mouse button pressed, drag the curve in the wished position.
(Figure 4) Electronic release control panel
Setting a release directly in the diagram

The position of the mouse cursor defines the threshold that will be set. As a general
indication it is suggested to refer to the picture proposed in the release control panel.
(Figure 5) Position of thresholds
While dragging the curve, the cursor changes in real time into the current setting.
(Figure 6) Current setting when dragging a curve
WARNING
The program verifies in real time the coherency of the settings. Therefore it is not possible to
set thresholds which do not satisfy the condition:
I1 < I2 < (I2-S2) < I3
Eventual incoherencies are marked with a warning message, or highlighting in red the
current setting while dragging the curve.
Circuit breaker with thermomagnetic release

When a thermomagnetic release has adjustable thresholds it can be set by dragging its curve
or in its specific window. When the threshold are fixed this features will be disabled.
(Figure 7) Thermomagnetic release control panel
Cable
The cable control panel contains the data used in the verifications. It is possible to customize
all the default values.
The data used in the verifications are:
Iz: current carrying capacity.
K2S2: max withstandable energy during short circuit.
Ik min: min. fault current at line end.
Ik max: max. fault current at line beginning.
(Figure 8) Cable control panel
Ik min calculator
The calculator in the cable control panel allows a quick assessment of the minimum short
circuit current at line end, given the upstream contribution and the cable length.
Following the formulas and hypothesis used in the calculation:
Ik min =
0.95 V
A ( Rph + Rpe + Rs + Ra) 2 + ( Xph + Xpe + Xs ) 2
Legenda:
V = Rated Voltage.
A = Phase coefficient = 1 for single-phase cables, or when PE and Neutral are not
distributed; 3 in all the other cases.

Rph = Phase Resistance at Tmax. Resistance of the phase conductor at the maximum
working temperature (70C for PVC; 90C for EPR).
Rpe = PE Resistance at Tmax. Resistance of the PE conductor (or Neutral, if the PE is
not available) at the maximum working temperature.
Xph = Phase Reactance. The reactance calculation considers conductors in flat
disposition, spaced.
Xpe = PE Reactance.
V
* 0.6
Rs = Resistance of the upstream circuit = 3 * Icc max
.
V
* 0.8
Xs = Reactance of the upstream circuit = 3 * Icc max
.
Ra = Earthing resistance of the network (only for TT systems).
(Figure 9) Ik min calculator
Fuse
The data used to select and verify a fuse are displayed in the fuse control panel. It is possible
to select ABB fuses as well as fuses defined in the standard IEC 60269-2-1.
(Figure 10) Fuse control panel
Residual current circuit breaker

The data used to select and verify a residual current circuit breaker are displayed in its
control panel.
(Figure 11) Residual current circuit breaker control panel
User defined - Area

The User defined object links with a line several points defined by the user. This object can
be used to draw, for instance, a MV relay.
It is possible to export (Save button) and import (Load button) the user defined curves in
.crb format.
The object Area works like the user defined curve, with the adding of a pattern which will
fill in the area above or below the curve, according to user choice.
Time -Current curve LLL
1 0s
User defined
1s
Area
0 .1s
10kA
100 kA
(Figure 12) Examples of User defined (blue) and Area (red) curves
6. Advanced features
The chapter will describe the advanced features of the program:
The verifications of the protection of a cable;
The verification of discrimination;
The coordinates command
6.1.
Relations
Cables protection and discriminations links are defined in the dialog window Relations.
Protection: links a cable to a device able to protect it against OverLoad (OL), Short
Circuit (SC), Not-Direct Touch (NDT). Combo boxes filter the list of protecting devices
and protected cables.
(Figure 13) Relations dialog window -Protection
Discrimination: creates a discrimination link between two circuit breakers.

Verifications are made according to QT1.
The dialog window shows the following values:
o Requested Is: requested discrimination value in [kA]. Full means discrimination
up to the Ik
o Actual Is: discrimination value with current settings
o Ik: max. short circuit current in the downstream circuit breaker; it is the
discrimination value to reach to achieve full discrimination
o Is max: max discrimination value achievable by the couple of circuit breakers
when the rules defined in QT1 are accomplished. This value is read from the
coordination tables (energy discrimination)
(Figure 14) Relations dialog window -Discrimination
Once assigned, the relations are shown in the lowest section of the main window (see
section 4 of Figure 1) and their status is updated in real-time, when changing the settings.
The program shows the curves of the objects linked in the selected relation, automatically
switching to the diagram used in the verification.
(Figure 15) Real-time verifications
Selecting a relation
Click on the Relations radio button (see Figure 15) to select a specific relation. The
sections Objects and Relations (sections 2 and 4 of Figure 1) are mutually excluded.
The status of a verification (Positive Ok; Negative Failed) is marked with the color of
the text.
Black for positive verifications (Ok)
Red for negative verifications (Failed)
6.2.
Coordinates
This feature allows calculating and showing on screen of the abscissa of a curve given a
specific coordinate and vice versa.
The icon is active only when a curve is selected.
(Figure 16) Coordinates
7. Print commands
7.1.
Print
The report available in the program (see paragraph 4.1 for details) creates a document
containing:
Currently visualized diagram
Reference voltage
List and characteristics of the visualized objects (settings for electronic releases, current
carrying capacity of cables, etc.)
Current relation (verification and status)
Printing the current relation
The program prints the result of a relation only if the relation is active when launching the
print command (see paragraph 6.1 to select a relation).
7.2.
Export
Creating a custom documentation of the settings and verifications made with Curves is
possible using the commands Copy diagram and Copy values (see paragraph 4.2 for
details).
OTC
Ver 1.0.0.0001
1.
WARNINGS ........................................................................................................ 3
2.
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 4
3.
REFERENCE STANDARDS ............................................................................ 4
4.
MENU COMMANDS......................................................................................... 5
5.
MODULE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF OVERTEMPERATURES 6
6.
CALCULATION ALGORITHMS AND FORMULAS: BASICS............... 11
7.
PRINTOUTS ..................................................................................................... 13
Overtemperature calculation tool User Guide Page 2
1. Warnings
The user must:
Conditions of use:
2. Introduction
The thermal calculation module makes it possible to evaluate the thermal behaviour of ABB boards and if desired to
dimension the fans and air-conditioning units to be installed in the board. It can also be used on sets of boards obtained
by installing several units side by side.
3. Reference standards
The algorithms used by the software are as described in Standard IEC 60890, hereinafter the Reference Standard; if
the use of air-conditioning or fans is specified (a situation not considered in the Reference Standard), the program still
uses computation algorithms that are compatible with Standard EN 60439 on low-voltage boards.
3.1.
Range of applicability of the results

The Reference Standard specifies very clearly the applicability of the calculation algorithms:
The proposed method makes it possible to determine the overtemperatures, or the air
temperatures, inside the enclosure, but is unable to determine the temperatures of individual
equipment, devices and cables contained in it
The temperatures of the air inside the board is the same as that of the ambient air outside the
enclosure plus the overtemperatures of the air inside the board due to the power dissipated by
the devices installed (when the air-conditioning is used)
Unless otherwise specified, the temperature of ambient air outside the PTTA corresponds to
the temperature specified for PTTA units for indoor installation: 35C (average value over 24
hours). If the temperature of the ambient air outside the PTTA at the utilisation site exceeds
35 C, this higher temperatures is regarded as the temperature of the ambient air in the PTTA
The distribution of dissipated power inside the enclosure is basically even; the devices are
installed in the board so as not to hinder the circulation of the air, other than to a minimal
extent
The equipment installed is designed for DC or AC, up to and including 60 Hz, with the sum
of supply circuit currents not exceeding 3150A
The cables carrying high currents and the structural parts are arranged so as to ensure that
losses due to eddy current will be negligible
In enclosures with ventilation openings, the cross-section of the air outlet holes is at least 1.1
times as big as the cross-section of the air inlet openings
Any of the compartments of the PTTA will not contain more than three horizontal frames
When enclosures with external ventilation openings are divided into cells, the area of the
ventilation openings in each internal horizontal frame must cover at least 50% the horizontal
section of the cell.
The results of the calculation process are reliable provided that the conditions defined in the
Reference Standards are complied with. Otherwise, the algorithms employed might fail to
provide a correct interpretation of the physical reality of the temperatures inside the board.
4. Menu commands
Using the menu commands, the management of the ABB thermal calculation module is user-friendly and all the relative
calculation processes can be performed easily.
4.1.
File menus
The File menu contains the following commands:
New > creates a new computation file
Open... > opens a previously saved thermal dimensioning file (extension *.tra)
Save > Saves the calculation underway; it creates a file in binary format with extension *.tra;
at the same time, a text file (*.txt) is also created to facilitate the consultation of the results
obtained
Save as > Saves the thermal dimensioning project underway with a name other than the
current one
Data > Enables the user to enter, or change, the data in the project heading (customer, plant,
project, board )
Export drawing > Exports the board overtemperatures curve in *.wmf format for pasting in
other applications
Print > Prints the data and the results of the thermal calculations
Exit > Closes the thermal calculation module
4.2.
Help menu
The Help menu gives access to the help file, the information about the product version and its
utilisation conditions.
5. Module for the determination of overtemperatures

To use the thermal calculation module, first of all you must specify the Cooling system that you intend to adopt by
selecting one of the three options listed. The next item to be selected is the unknown quantity that you want to
determine by selecting the desired Quantity to be determined option. Choosing an unknown converts the other options
into data that have to be defined before starting the dimensioning process.
Cooling system
Natural ventilation
Forced ventilation
Air-conditioning
Target of calculation
Temperature profile
Losable power
Temperature profile
Losable power
Fan capacity
Temperature profile
Losable power
Conditioning power
(Figure 1) First window of the tool for the calculation of overtemperatures
The central part of the interface is dedicated to the definition of the properties of the board,
i.e., the input data relating to its construction characteristics; in particular, the user must
specify:
Type of installation
Regardless of the calculation method adopted, the user can choose from among the
installation modalities defined in the Reference Standard and listed below.
Separate enclosure, detached on all sides
Separate enclosure for wall-mounting
First or last enclosure, detached type
First or last enclosure, for wall-mounting
Central enclosure, detached type
Central enclosure, wall-mounting type
Covered on 2 sides and top surface, for wall mounting
Dimensions of the enclosure

Horizontal frames
(See 3.1 (Range of applicability of the results)
Moreover, in the case of natural ventilation, the user must also specify:
The area of the ventilation grids
In the case of forced ventilation or air-conditioning, when the values are not given as outputs
from the calculation, the user must specify:
Fan capacity, or
Air-conditioning power
You can enter the air-conditioning power form the keyboard or use a calculator shaped button
to select one of the values offered by ABB.
The zone dedicated to the Effective cooling area (Ae) displays some partial results of the
calculation, i.e., some parameters determined according to the Reference Standard, which
help the user understand the calculation performed; obviously, this requires a good
knowledge of the calculation method employed (this is recommended, but is totally at the
discretion of the user).
Click Next> to access the second and last page of the calculation.
(Figure 2) Second window of the tool for the calculation of overtemperatures
The first line under the menu recalls the cooling system and the calculation target selected in
the first screen.
The box Power losses enables the user to define the powers dissipated and the demand
factor, i.e., the main factors contributing to heating the board; in particular, as far as
dissipated powers are concerned, it is possible to define the contribution of the devices
installed (Devices rated power losses), the contribution due to bars and cables
(Conductors power losses) plus a generic contribution available to the user (Extra power
losses).
The calculator to the right of the demand factor opens a window with the preferential values
that can be assigned to this factor as a function of the number of main circuits present in the
board.
The software performs the calculation in real time and updates whenever an input value is
changed. This means there is no need to use a specific command to perform the calculation
and consistency between the data is always ensured; the results are displayed on screen for
the user to see and can be printed out at any time.
All the results of the calculation are grouped in the Results box.
The Power [W] box provides an overview of the powers dissipated in the board and,
depending on the cooling system adopted, the power removed by the fan or the airconditioning system.
In this manner it is easy to see how the software determines the value of Total power losses
which is then used to calculate the internal overtemperatures with the method specified in the
Reference Standard.
The overtemperatures vs. enclosure height curve (available only in the case of natural
ventilation) makes it possible to determine the temperatures at the points where the devices
are installed.
It is sufficient to know the installation height of the device to be checked, read the
overtemperature value on the abscissas and add the Ambient temperature value to obtain
the internal temperature of the board at the desired height.
(Figure 3) Graphic of overtemperatures inside the enclosure
You can either print the calculation report, or

Use the Export drawing command in the File menu, or
Move the mouse pointer over the graphic, right click and select Export drawing: now
you can paste the graphic in any other application!
The value assumed by the calculation target selected in the first page appears in the bottom
part of the screen.
The table below provides an overview of the parameters calculated by the software
depending on type of cooling system and the calculation target selected by the user.
Cooling system
Target of
calculation
Temperature
profile
Natural ventilation
Losable power
Temperature
profile
Forced ventilation
Losable power
Fan capacity
Temperature
profile
Air-conditioning
Losable power
Conditioning
power
Results
Temperatures at the top of the enclosure
Overtemperature at the middle of the enclosure
Overtemperature at the top of the enclosure
Maximum losable power
Maximum losable power still available (residual)
Overtemperatures at the top of the enclosure
Power losses extracted by the fan
Fan capacity
Average temperature inside the enclosure
Power losses extracted by the air-conditioning
6. Calculation algorithms and formulas: basics

As mentioned above, if natural ventilation is used, the calculation method adopted is that of the Reference Standard. In
the presence of air-conditioning or fans (situations not envisaged by the Reference Standard), the calculation algorithms
used are still compatible with Standard EN 60439.
Some important details of the calculation process are given below.
6.1.
Determination of Ae
The determination of Ae (Effective cooling area that determines the heat exchange between
the enclosure and the external environment) is generalised to the entire ABB thermal
calculation module and is applied both in the case of natural ventilation and in the case of
forced ventilation or air-conditioning.
For further details on the calculation process see the Reference Standard.
6.2.
Forced ventilation
In the case of forced ventilation (a situation not considered by the Reference Standard), the
thermal power extracted by the fan is determined with this formula:
where:
P = Q (Te - Ti ) / fx
P = Power to be extracted [W]
Q = Fan capacity [m3/h]
fx = Thermal exchange coefficient [m3 C/Wh]
Te = Ambient temperatures [C]
Ti = Temperatures inside the enclosure [C] (Te <Ti)
The table below gives the values of fx as a function of altitude above sea level (from the
qualitative standpoint, air density decreases with increasing altitude and its capacity to
subtract heat decreases accordingly).
Altitude above sea level of installation site [m]
fx [m3 C/Wh]
0 100
3.1
100 250
3.2
250 500
3.3
500 750
3.4
750 1000
3.5
Then, the power extracted by the fan is subtracted from the power dissipated in the enclosure
and the calculation is performed according to the Reference Standard without natural
ventilation openings.
For further calculation details, see the Reference Standard.
6.3.
Air-conditioning
Air-conditioning is not taken into account in the Reference Standard; in this case, the
software uses the formulas given below.
As a rule, the use of air-conditioning shows that ambient temperature is greater than the
interior temperature of the enclosure: in this case, the contribution of the thermal power that
is transmitted through the surface of the board must be summed to the power losses due to
the devices, the cables, etc.
This contribution is obtained from the following formula:
where
Pa = Kf Ae (Te - Ti)
Pa = Power entering the enclosure through the environment [W]
Ae = Effective cooling area [m2]
Te = External temperature [C]
Ti = Interior temperature [C]
Kf = Thermal exchange coefficient (depending on the board wall material; in our case
it is Kf = 5.5 [W / m2 C])
The air-conditioning power to be installed is given by this formula:

where
Pc = Pt /Kx
Pc = Air-conditioning power to be installed [W]
Kx = Cooling efficiency of the air-conditioning
Pt = Total power loss in the board (Pa included) [W]
The Kx factor, which is a function of the ambient temperature and the temperature you want
to obtain inside the board, is given by the manufacturer of the air-conditioning system. For
ABB air-conditioners, Kx is obtained from the diagram shown below (only ambient
temperatures in the 20 - 55C range and interior temperatures in the 20 - 45C range can be
considered).
The software adds the power Pa to the power dissipated inside the board, subtracts the power
removed by the air-conditioning and then performs the calculation according to the Reference
Standard without natural ventilation openings.
For further details on the calculation process, see the Reference Standard.
1,4
1,3
1,1
1
0,9
45
0,8
40
0,7
35
0,6
30
25
0,5
20
0,4
Temperature inside the enclosure [C]
1,2
0,3
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
Ambient temperature [C ]
(Figure 4) Kx factor determination diagram
7. Printouts
The thermal calculation module offers ad hoc report forms as a function of the Cooling system adopted; printed
reports contain all the parameters needed for the thermal dimensioning calculation: both the input data (dimensions of
the board, installation modalities) and the results (temperatures, power losses).
The items Customer, Plant, Project/Quotation, Board, Designer and Date that appear in the heading of the printed
documents can be added to the calculation report through the main menu Data command.
If they are not associated with a numerical value, the items Total power losses, Losable power and Losable power
still available (residual) will not be taken into account.
AVIS TECHNIQUE N 15L-608

RELATIF AUX PROGRAMMES DE CALCUL INFORMATISES
DES CARACTERISTIQUES DES CANALISATIONS
DES INSTALLATIONS A BASSE TENSION
___________
LUnion technique de IElectricit et de la Communication a examin le programme de calcul
informatis des caractristiques lectriques basse tension tabli par ABB SACE SpA :
et dpos le 06 octobre 2004
sous la rfrence DocWin, version 3.0
et destin tre utilis sur IBM PC et compatibles avec les systmes dexploitation Windows 98SE,
NT 4.0, 2000 et XP.
Aprs examen du programme selon les Procdures du guide UTE C 15-500 : juillet 2003, relative
aux circuits, des documents daccompagnement et des rsultats obtenus, lUnion Technique de
IElectricit et de la Communication atteste que les rsultats obtenus par ce programme sont
conformes aux rgles de la norme NF C 15-100, dition 2002.
Ce programme permet de satisfaire aux rgles suivantes de la NF C 15-100 :
-
courants admissibles,
protection contre les surcharges,
protection contre les courts-circuits (pouvoirs de coupure des dispositifs de protection et, sil y
a lieu, vrification des contraintes thermiques des conducteurs),
protection contre les contacts indirects dans les schmas TN et IT,
chutes de tension,
courants hamoniques.
Le calcul dune installation partir du seul courant de court-circuit Ik3max ne fait pas lobjet du
prsent avis technique.
Une copie conforme du prsent Avis technique doit tre jointe tout programme mis la
disposition dun utilisateur par le demandeur et ce dernier tient une liste nominative des
personnes et organismes auxquels le programme a t remis.
Lutilisateur du programme objet du prsent Avis technique est autoris tablir des
reproductions du prsent Avis technique et de ses Annexes. Ces reproductions doivent tre
jointes aux plans, schmas et calculs des installations conues ou ralises par lui.
Lutilisation du programme demeure sous lentire responsabilit de son utilisateur.
Le demandeur ne peut apporter aucune modification au programme objet du prsent Avis sans
laccord de IUTE.
Le demandeur sengage informer les personnes et organismes auxquels le programme
correspondant a t remis de toutes les modifications ultrieures et de leurs consquences sur le
prsent Avis technique.
Fait FONTENAY-AUX-ROSES, le 01 dcembre 2004
Pour la Commission dAttribution des Avis techniques
et par dlgation
Le Secrtaire de la Commission
Coordination tables
ABB SACE S.p.A

An ABB Group company
L.V. Breakers
Via Baioni, 35
24123 Bergamo, Italy
Tel.: +39 035.395.111 - Telefax: +39 035.395.306-433
http://www.abb.com
Coordination tables
Due to possible developments of standards as well as of materials,

the characteristics and dimensions specified in the present
catalogue may only be considered binding after confirmation by
ABB SACE.
1SDC007004D0204 - 12/2004
Printed in Italy
Tipografia
1SDC007004D0204
Coordination tables
Index
Introduction ................................................................................................................... I
Back-up ....................................................................................................................1/1
Discrimination ...........................................................................................................2/1
Motor protection .......................................................................................................3/1
Switch-disconnectors ...............................................................................................4/1
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
Introduction
Discrimination and back-up ......................................................................................... II

Choosing the type of coordination for protection of a low voltage installation ...... II
Types of coordination ............................................................................................. III
General notes on switching and protection of motors.............................................. VIII
Electromechanical starter .................................................................................... VIII
Starting methods ................................................................................................... IX
Switch-disconnectors ................................................................................................ XII
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
Discrimination and back-up
This collection of selectivity and back-up tables for ABB circuit-breakers has been
studied to help select the appropriate circuit-breaker, fulfilling the specific selectivity
and back-up requirements according to the different types of installation.
The tables are divided on the basis of the type of intervention (back-up or selective
protection), and are grouped according to types of circuit-breakers (air, moulded-case,
and miniature), covering all the possible combinations of ABB circuit-breakers.
The technical data, updated to the latest series of miniature, moulded-case and air
circuit breakers on the market, make this publication a comprehensive and simple tool:
once again, ABB SACE makes its consolidated experience in the Low Voltage sector
available to professionals.
Choosing the type of coordination for protection of a low voltage installation

Problems and requirements for coordinating protection devices
Selection of the system for protecting an electric installation is of paramount importance
both to ensure correct economic and functional operation of the whole installation and
to reduce any problems caused by anomalous operating conditions and actual faults
to a minimum.
This analysis deals with coordination between the different devices dedicated to
protection of zones and specific components in order to:
guarantee safety for people and the installation at all times;
identify and rapidly exclude only the zone affected by a given problem, instead of
taking indiscriminate action thereby reducing the energy available in areas unaffected
by the fault;
reduce the effects of a fault on other sound parts of the installation (voltage drops,
loss of stability in rotating machines);
reduce the stress on components and damage in the zone involved;
ensure service continuity with good quality power supply voltage;
guarantee adequate backup in the event of any malfunction of the protection device
responsible for opening the circuit;
provide maintenance personnel and the management system with the information
needed to restore the service as rapidly as possible and with minimal disturbance to
the rest of the network;
achieve a valid compromise between reliability, simplicity and cost effectiveness.
To be more precise, a valid protection system must be able to:
understand what and where an event has occurred, discriminating between situations
that are anomalous but tolerable and genuine faults within a given zone of influence,
avoiding unwarranted trips which lead to unjustified stoppage of a sound part of the
installation;
act as rapidly as possible to limit damage (destruction, accelerated ageing, etc.),
safeguarding continuity and stability of the power supply.
The solutions stem from a compromise between the following two opposing needs precise identification of the fault and rapid intervention - and are defined according to
which requirement takes priority.
For instance, when it is more important to avoid unnecessary tripping, it is generally
preferable to have an indirect protection system based on interlocks and data
transmission between different devices which measure the electrical values locally,
whereas for prompt response and limitation of the destructive effect of short-circuits, a
direct-acting system with releases integrated in the devices is needed. Generally
speaking, in low voltage systems for primary and secondary distribution, the latter
solution is preferable.
II
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
Restricting the field to an analysis of the problem of how to harmonize the action of the
protection devices in the event of overcurrents (overloads and short-circuits) - a problem
covering 90% of the coordination requirements of protection devices in radial low voltage
installations - it is important to remember that:
overcurrent trip selectivity means coordination of the operating characteristics of
two or more overcurrent protection devices so that, on occurrence of overcurrents
within established limits, the device supposed to operate within these limits intervenes,
whereas the others do not1;
total discrimination means overcurrent selectivity so that when there are two
overcurrent protection devices in series, the protection device on the load side provides
protection without tripping the other protection device2;
partial discrimination means overcurrent selectivity so that when there are two
overcurrent protection devices in series, the protection device on the load side provides
protection up to a given overcurrent limit without tripping the other device3. This
overcurrent threshold is called the selectivity limit current Is4;
back-up protection means coordination for protection against overcurrents of two
protection devices in series, where the protection device generally (but not necessarily)
situated on the supply side provides overcurrent protection with or without the aid of
the other protection device and avoids excessive stress on the latter5. The current
value above which protection is ensured is called the switching current IB6.
Types of coordination
Influence of the electrical parameters of the installation (rated current and shortcircuit current)
If the analysis is restricted to the behaviour of the protection devices with tripping
based on overcurrent releases, the strategy used to coordinate the protection devices
mainly depends on the rated current (In) and short-circuit current (Ik) values in the part of
installation concerned.
Generally speaking, the following types of coordination can be classified:
current type selectivity;
time type selectivity;
zone selectivity;
energy selectivity;
back-up.
Now let us examine these various solutions in detail.
IEC 60947-1 Standard, def. 2.5.23

3
4
5
6
IEC 60947-1 Standard, def. 2.5.25 and IEC 60947-1 Standard, def. 2.17.6
2
ABB SACE
III
Coordination tables
Current type selectivity

This type of discrimination is based on the observation that the closer the fault is to the
power supply of the installation, the higher the short-circuit current will be. We can
therefore pinpoint the zone where the fault has occurred can therefore be discriminated
simply by setting the protection devices to a limit value so that this does not generate
unwarranted trips due to faults in the zone of influence of the protection device
immediately to the load side (where the fault current must be lower than the current
threshold set on the protection device on the supply side).
Total discrimination can normally only be obtained in specific cases where the fault
current is not very high or where a component with high impedance is placed between
the two protection devices (e.g. a transformer, a very long cable, or a cable with reduced
cross-section, etc.) giving rise to a great difference between the short-circuit current
values.
This type of coordination is therefore mainly used in end distribution (with low rated
current and short-circuit current values and high impedance of the connection cables).
The device time-current trip curves are generally used for the study.
This solution is intrinsically rapid (instantaneous), easy to implement and inexpensive.
On the other hand:
the selectivity limit current is normally low, so discrimination is often only partial;
the threshold setting of the overcurrent protection devices rapidly exceeds the values
consistent with safety requirements, becoming incompatible with the need to reduce
damage caused by short-circuits;
it becomes impossible to provide redundant protection devices which can guarantee
elimination of the fault in the event of any of the protection devices failing to function.
Time type selectivity
This type of discrimination is an evolution of the previous one. Using this type of
coordination, in order to define the trip threshold, the current value measured is
associated with the duration of the phenomenon: a given current value will trip the
protection devices after an established time delay, which is such as to allow any
protection devices situated closer to the fault to trip, excluding the zone where the fault
occurred.
The setting strategy is therefore to progressively increase the current thresholds and
the trip time delays the closer one is to the power supply source (the setting level
correlates directly with the hierarchical level). The steps between the time delays set on
protection devices in series must take into account the sum of the times for detecting
and eliminating the fault and the overshoot time of the supply side device (the time
interval during which the protection device can trip even if the phenomenon has already
ended). As in the case of current type selectivity, the study is carried out by comparing
the time-current protection device trip curves.
This type of coordination is generally:
easy to study and implement, and inexpensive with regard to the protection system;
it allows even high limit discrimination levels to be obtained, depending on the
shorttime withstand current of the supply side device;
it allows redundant protection functions and can send valid information to the control
system;
but:
the trip times and energy levels let through by the protection devices, especially
those close to the sources, are high, with obvious problems regarding safety and
damage to the components (often oversized) even in zones unaffected by the fault;
it only allows use of current-limiting circuit-breakers at levels hierarchically lower down
the chain. The other circuit-breakers must be capable of withstanding the thermal and
electro-dynamic stresses related to the passage of the fault current for the intentional
IV
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
time delay. Selective circuit-breakers, often of the open type, must be used for the
various levels (category B circuit-breakers according to the IEC 60947-2 Standard) to
guarantee a sufficiently high short-time withstand current;
the duration of the disturbance induced by the short-circuit current on the power
supply voltages in the zones unaffected by the fault can pose problems with
electromechanical (voltage below the electromagnetic release value) and electronic
devices;
the number of discrimination levels is limited by the maximum time which can be
withstood by the electrical system without loss of stability.
Zone (or logical) selectivity
This type of coordination is a further evolution of time coordination and can be direct or
indirect. Generally speaking, it is implemented by means of a dialogue between
currentmeasuring devices which, when they detect that the setting threshold has been
exceeded, enable correct identification and power supply disconnection of just the
zone affected by the fault.
It can be implemented in two ways:
the measuring devices send information to the supervision system about the fact
that the set current threshold has been exceeded and the latter decides which
protection device to trip;
when there are current values over the set threshold, each protection device sends a
blocking signal via a direct connection or a bus to the protection device higher in the
hierarchy (i.e. on the supply side in relation to the direction of the power flow) and,
before it trips, makes sure that a similar blocking signal has not arrived from the
protection device on the load side. This way, only the protection device immediately
to the supply side of the fault is tripped.
The first mode has trip times of around 0.5-5 s and is mainly used in the case of not
particularly high short-circuit currents with a power flow direction not unequivocally
defined (e.g. for lighting systems in long road and rail tunnels).
The second mode has distinctly shorter trip times: compared with time type coordination,
there is no longer any need to increase the intentional time delay progressively as you
move closer to the power supply source. The delay can be reduced to a waiting time
sufficient to rule out any presence of a block signal from the protection device on the
load side (time taken by the device to detect the anomalous situation and successfully
complete transmission of the signal).
Compared with time type coordination, zone selectivity implemented in this way:
reduces the trip times and increases the safety level. The trip times can be around a
hundred milliseconds;
reduces both the damage caused by the fault and the disturbance to the power
supply network;
reduces the thermal and dynamic stresses on the circuit-breakers;
allows a very high number of discrimination levels;
but it is more burdensome both in terms of costs and in the complexity of the installation.
This solution is therefore mainly used in systems with high rated current and shortcircuit
current values, with inescapable needs both in terms of safety and service continuity:
in particular, examples of logical discrimination are often found in primary distribution
switchgear, immediately to the load side of transformers and generators.
Another interesting application is the combined use of zone and time type selectivity, in
which the stretches of the coordination chain managed logically have protection device
trip times for short-circuits which decrease progressively moving up towards the power
supply sources. The zone selectivity function is available with:
Emax circuit-breakers equipped with PR122/P and PR123/P electronic releases
Tmax circuit-breakers equipped with PR223EF electronic releases.
For further information, please consult the specific technical catalogues.
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
Energy-based selectivity
Energy-based coordination is a particular type of selectivity which exploits the
currentlimiting characteristics of moulded-case circuit-breakers. It is important to
remember that a current-limiting circuit-breaker is a circuit-breaker with a trip time
short enough to prevent the short-circuit current reaching the peak value it would
otherwise reach7.
In practice, all the ABB SACE moulded-case circuit-breakers in the Isomax and Tmax
ranges have more or less accentuated current-limiting features, obtained by:
reaching a valid compromise between the capacity of the release to withstand current
values lower than the instantaneous trip thresholds and the repulsion of the main
contacts at short-circuit currents;
triggering rapid displacement of the arc inside the arcing chambers (magnetic blast)
suitably designed to generate a high arcing voltage;
placing several arcing chambers in series, with contacts optimised to carry out different
functions (main opening under short-circuit, backup opening with the principal function
of isolation and opposition to the recovery voltage, etc.).
Under short-circuit conditions, these circuit-breakers are extremely rapid (with trip times
of a few milliseconds) and open in the event of a strong asymmetric component. It is
therefore not possible to use the time-current trip curves (load side circuit-breaker) and
no trip limit curves (supply side circuit-breaker), obtained with symmetrical sine wave
forms, to study the coordination. The phenomena are mainly dynamic (and therefore
proportional to the square of the instantaneous current value) and can be described
using the specific let-through energy and no trip limit energy curves of the supply side
circuit-breaker.
What generally happens is that the energy associated with the load side circuit-breaker
trip is lower than the energy value needed to complete the opening of the supply side
circuit-breaker. To ensure a good level of reliability, avoiding any oversizing or transient
contact repulsion phenomena in the circuit-breaker on the supply side, this calculation
should be integrated with additional information, such as the current limiting curves
(peak Ip value - prospective value of the symmetrical component of the short-circuit
current) and the setting for contact repulsion.
This type of selectivity is certainly more difficult to consider than the previous ones
because it depends largely on the interaction between the two devices placed in series
(wave forms, etc.) and requires access to data often unavailable to the end user.
Manufacturers provide tables, slide rules and calculation programs in which the limit
selectivity current values Is under short-circuit conditions between different combinations
of circuit-breakers are given. These values are defined by theoretically integrating the
results of a large number of tests performed in compliance with the requirements of
appendix A of the IEC 60947-2 Standard.
The advantages of using this type of coordination include:
breaking is fast, with trip times which become shorter as the short-circuit current
increases. This consequently reduces the damage caused by the fault (thermal and
dynamic stresses), the disturbance to the power supply system, the sizing costs,
etc.;
the discrimination level is no longer limited by the value of the short-time current Icw
withstood by the devices;
a large number of hierarchically different levels can be coordinated;
VI
IEC 60947-2 Standard, def. 2.3
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
different current-limiting devices (fuses, circuit-breakers, etc.) can be coordinated,

even when located in intermediate positions along the chain.
This type of coordination is used above all for secondary and final distribution, with
rated currents below 1600 A.
Back-up protection
With backup protection, discrimination is sacrificed in favour of the need to help the
load side devices which have to interrupt short-circuit currents beyond their breaking
capacity. In this case, over and above the switching current IB, simultaneous opening
of both the protection devices placed in series or, alternatively, of just the supply side
circuit-breaker (a somewhat rare case, typical of a configuration consisting of a supply
side circuit-breaker and a load side isolator).
Manufacturers provide tables derived from tests based on the previously-mentioned
appendix A of the IEC 60947-2 Standard.
These combinations can be calculated according to the instructions given in section
A.6.2 of the above standard, comparing:
the value of the Joule integral of the device protected at its breaking capacity with
that of the supply side device at the prospective current of the association (maximum
short-circuit current for which backup protection is provided);
the effects induced in the load side device (e.g. by the arcing energy, maximum peak
current and limited current) at the peak current value during operation of the protection
device against a supply side short-circuit.
Conclusions
Technically a large number of solutions can be realised regarding coordination of the
protection devices in an installation.
Selecting which type of coordination to use in the various zones of the installation is
strictly linked to installation and design parameters and stems from a series of
compromises so that the objectives required in terms of reliability and availability are
achieved keeping the costs and limiting the risks within acceptable limits.
The designers task is to choose a solution, for the various installation zones, from
among those available which offers the best balance between technical and financial
requirements according to:
functional and safety requirements (acceptable risk levels) and reliability (availability
of the installation);
the reference value of the electrical values;
the costs (protection devices, control systems, interconnection components, etc.);
the effects, the admissible duration and the cost of electrical disservices;
any future evolution of the system.
For each of the proposed solutions, there is a combination of ABB products which can
meet these requirements.
ABB SACE
VII
Coordination tables
General notes on motor protection and switching
Electromechanical starter
The starter is designed to:
start motors;
ensure continuous functioning of motors;
disconnect motors from the supply line;
guarantee protection of motors against working overloads.
The starter is typically made up of a switching device (contactor) and an overload
protection device (thermal release).
The two devices must be coordinated with equipment capable of providing protection
against short-circuit (typically a circuit breaker with magnetic release only), which is not
necessarily part of the starter.
The characteristics of the starter must comply with the international Standard
IEC 60947-4-1, which defines the above as follows:
Contactor: a mechanical switching device having only one position of rest, operated
otherwise than by hand, capable of making, carrying and breaking currents under normal
circuit conditions including operating overload conditions.
Thermal release: thermal overload relay or release which operates in the case of
overload and also in case of loss of phase.
Circuit-breaker: defined by IEC 60947-2 as a mechanical switching device, capable
of making, carrying and breaking currents under normal circuit conditions and also
making, carrying for a specified time and breaking currents under specified abnormal
circuit conditions.
The main types of motor which can be operated and which determine the characteristics
of the starter are defined by the following utilization categories:
Table 1: Utilization categories and typical applications

Current type
(1)
Utilization
categories
AC-2
Typical applications
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off

Squirrel-cage motors: starting,
AC-3
Alternating current AC
switching off during running (1)
Squirrel-cage motors:
AC-4
starting, plugging, inching
AC-3 categories may be used for occasionally inching or plugging for limited time periods such as machine
set-up; during such limited time periods the number of such operations should not exceed five per minutes
or more than ten in a 10 minutes period.
The choice of the starting method and also, if necessary, of the type of motor to be
used depends on the typical resistant torque of the load and on the short-circuit power
of the motor supplying network.
With alternating current, the most commonly used motor types are as follows:
asynchronous three-phase squirrel-cage motors (AC-3): the most widespread type
due to the fact that they are of simple construction, economical and sturdy; they
develop high torque with short acceleration times, but require elevated starting
currents;
slip-ring motors (AC-2): characterized by less demanding starting conditions, and
have quite a high starting torque, even with a supply network of low power.
VIII
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
Starting methods
The most common starting methods for asynchronous squirrel-cage motors are detailed
below.
Direct starting (DOL)
With direct starting, the DOL (Direct On Line) starter, with the closing of line contactor
KL, the line voltage is applied to the motor terminals in a single operation. Hence a
squirrel-cage motor develops a high starting torque with a
relatively reduced acceleration time. This method is generally
used with small and medium power motors which reach full
working speed in a short time.
These advantages are, however, accompanied by a series of
MCCB
drawbacks, including, for example:
high current consumption and associated voltage drop which
may cause damages to the other parts of the system
KL
connected to the network;
violent acceleration which has negative effects on mechanical
transmission components (belts, chains and mechanical
joints), reducing working life.
TOR
Other types of starting for squirrel-cage motors are
accomplished by reducing the supply voltage of the motor:
MOTOR
this leads to a reduction in the starting current and of the motor
torque, and an increase in the acceleration time.
Star-Delta starter (Y-)
The most common reduced voltage starter is the Star-Delta starter (Y-), in which:
on starting, the stator windings are star-connected, thus achieving the reduction of
peak inrush current;
once the normal speed of the motor is nearly reached, the switchover to delta is
carried out.
After the switchover, the current and the torque
follow the progress of the curves associated with
normal service connections (delta).
As can be easily checked, starting the motor
MCCB
with star-connection gives a voltage reduction
of 3, and the current absorbed from the line is
reduced by 1/3 compared with that absorbed
with delta-connection.
K
KL
The start-up torque, proportional to the square
KY
of the voltage, is reduced by 3 times, compared
with the torque that the same motor would
TOR
supply when delta-connected.
This method is generally applied to motors with
MOTOR
power from 15 to 355 kW, but intended to start
with a low initial resistant torque.
ABB SACE
IX
Coordination tables
Starting sequence
By pressing the start button, contactors KL and KY are closed. The timer starts to
measure the start time with the motor connected in star. Once the set time has elapsed,
the first contact of the timer opens the KY contactor and the second contact, delayed
by approximately 50-80 ms, closes the K contactor.
With this new configuration, contactors KL and K closed, the motor becomes
deltaconnected.
The thermal release TOR, inserted in the delta circuit, can detect any 3rd harmonic
currents, which may occur due to saturation of the magnetic pack and by adding to the
fundamental current, overload the motor without involving the line.
With reference to the connection diagram, the equipment used for a Star/Delta starter
must be able to carry the following currents:
Ie
3
Ie
3
Ie
3
KL line contactor and K delta contactor
KY star contactor
overload protection release
where Ie is the rated current of the motor.

With reference to the previously-mentioned Standard, the starter can be classified
according to the tripping time (Trip Class) and to the coordination type implemented by
means of a protection device against short-circuit (Type 1 and Type 2).
Trip classes
The trip classes differentiate between the thermal releases according to their trip curve.
The trip classes are defined in the following table 2:
Table 2: Trip class

Trip Class
10 A
10
20
30
Trip time in seconds (Tp)

2 < Tp 10
4 < Tp 10
6 < Tp 20
9 < Tp 30
where Tp is the cold trip time of the thermal release at 7.2 times the set current value
(for example: a release in class 10 at 7.2 times the set current value must not trip within
4 s, but must trip within 10 s).
It is normal procedure to associate class 10 with a normal start-up type, and class 30
with a heavy duty start-up type.
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
Coordination type
Type 1
It is acceptable that in the case of short-circuit the contactor and the thermal release
may be damaged. The starter may still not be able to function and must be inspected;
if necessary, the contactor and/or the thermal release must be replaced, and the breaker
release reset.
Type 2
In the case of short-circuit, the thermal release must not be damaged, while the welding
of the contactor contacts is allowed, as they can easily be separated (with a screwdriver,
for example), without any significant deformation.
ABB SACE
XI
Coordination tables
Switch-disconnectors
Switch-disconnectors are mechanical switching devices, capable of closing, carrying
and interrupting currents under normal circuit conditions which can include specific
overload switching conditions and which, in the open position, satisfy the isolation
requirements specified for an isolator.
A switch-disconnector can be able to close and carry currents - for an established time
- under specific abnormal circuit conditions, such as those which occur in the case of
a short-circuit.
The Standard regarding switch-disconnectors is IEC 60947-3.
Each switch-disconnector must be protected by a coordinated device which safeguards
it against overcurrents - normally a circuit-breaker, and which is able to limit the peak
values of the short-circuit current and the specific let-through energy, to acceptable
levels for the switch-disconnector.
XII
ABB SACE
Tabelle di coordinamento
Coordination
tables
Introduzione
Back-up
Notes for use ............................................................................................................. 1/3

MCB - MCB (240 V) .................................................................................................. 1/4
MCCB - MCB (240 V) ................................................................................................ 1/5
MCB - MCB (415 V) .................................................................................................. 1/6
MCCB - MCB (415 V) ................................................................................................ 1/7
MCCB - MCCB ......................................................................................................... 1/8
ABB SACE
1/1
1/2
ABB SACE
Back-up
Notes for use
Back-up protection
The tables given provide the value (in kA, referring to the breaking capacity according
to the IEC 60947-2 Standard) for which the back-up protection among the combination
of selected circuit-breakers is verified. The tables cover the possible combinations
between ABB SACE Tmax and Isomax series of moulded-case circuit-breakers and
those between the above-mentioned circuit-breakers and the ABB series of miniature
circuit-breakers.
The values indicated in the tables refer to the voltage:
Vn of 230/240 V AC for coordination with miniature S9 circuit-breakers
Vn of 400/415 V AC for all the other coordinations.
Note
The following tables give the breaking capacities at 415 V AC for circuit-breakers SACE
Isomax and Tmax.
Isomax @ 415 V AC
Tmax @ 415 V AC
Version
Icu [kA]
Version
Icu [kA]
16
50
25
65
36
100
50
70
L (T2)
L (T4, T5)
L (T6)
85
120
100
200
Caption
MCB = miniature circuit-breakers (S9, S2, S500)
MCCB = moulded-case circuit-breakers (Tmax, Isomax)
For moulded-case or air circuit-breakers:
TM = thermomagnetic release
TMD (Tmax)
TMA (Tmax)
M = magnetic only release
MF (Tmax)
MA (Tmax)
EL = electronic release
PR211/P - PR212/P (Isomax)
PR221DS - PR222DS (Tmax)
For miniature circuit-breakers:

B = trip characteristic (Im=3...5In)
C = trip characteristic (Im=5...10In)
D = trip characteristic (Im=10...20In)
K = trip characteristic (Im=8...14In)
Z = trip characteristic (Im=2...3In)
Caption of symbols
MCB
Tmax
Isomax
Emax
For solutions not shown in these tables, please consult the website:
http://bol.it.abb.com
or contact ABB SACE
ABB SACE
1/3
Back-up
Supply side circuit-breaker: MCB
Load side circuit-breaker: MCB
MCB - MCB @ 240 V (Two-pole circuit-breakers)
Supply s.
Char.
Load s.
Icu [kA]
In [A]
S931 N
4,5
2..40
S 200L
S200
S200M
S 280
S 290
B-C
B-C
B-C
S200P
B-C
B-C
S 500
B-C
10
6..40
10
20
0.5..63
20
25
0.5..63
25
40
0.5..25
40
25
32..63
25
20
80, 100
15
25
80..125
15
100
6..63
100
S941 N
B,C
2..40
10
20
25
40
25
15
15
100
S951 N
B,C
10
2..40
10
20
25
40
25
15
15
100
S971 N
B,C
10
2..40
10
20
25
40
25
15
15
100
S200L
10
6..40
20
25
40
25
15
15
S200
B,C,K,Z
20
0.5..63
25
40
25
S200M
B,C,D
25
0.5..63
B, C,
40
0.5..25
100
D, K, Z
25
32..63
100
B,C
20
80, 100
S200P
S280
S290
C,D
25
80..125
S500
B,C,D
100
6..63
1/4
40
100
100
100
ABB SACE
Back-up
Supply side circuit-breaker: MCCB
MCCB @ 415 V - MCB @ 240 V
Load s.
Char.
S931 N
S941 N
B,C
S951 N
B,C
S971 N
B,C
In [A]
2..25
32, 40
2..25
32, 40
2..25
32, 40
2..25
32, 40
Supply s.*
T1
T1
Version
Icu [kA]
16
25
36
50
70
85
4,5
6
T1
T2
16
16
16
20
10
10
10
16
16
16
16
20
10
10
10
16
10
16
16
16
10
16
16
16
25
16
25
16
T3
10
10
16
16
T2
20
16
20
16
25
16
25
16
T3
10
10
16
16
T2
T2
20
20
16
16
20
20
16
16
25
25
16
16
25
25
16
16
* Supply side circuit-breaker 4P (load side circuit branched between one phase and the neutral)
ABB SACE
1/5
Back-up
MCB - MCB @ 415 V
Supply s.
Char.
Load s.
Icu [kA]
In [A]
S200L
6..40
S200
B,C,K,Z
10
0.5..63
S200M
B,C,D
15
0.5..63
B, C,
25
0.5..25
D, K, Z
15
32..63
B,C
80, 100
S290
C,D
15
80..125
S500
B,C,D
50
6..63
S200P
S280
1/6
S 200L
S200
S200M
S 280
S 290
S 500
B-C
B-C
B-C
S200P
B-C
B-C
B-C
6
6..40
10
0.5..63
10
15
0.5..63
15
25
0.5..25
25
15
32..63
15
6
80, 100
15
80..125
15
50
6..63
50
15
25
15
15
50
25
50
50
ABB SACE
Back-up
MCCB - MCB @ 415 V
Load s.
Char.
S200L
S200
B,C,K,Z
S200M
B,C,D
S200P
B, C,
D, K, Z
In [A]
6..10
13..40
0.5..10
13..63
0.5..10
13..63
0.5..10
13..25
Supply s.
T1
T1
T2
T4
Version
T1
Icu [kA]
16
25
36
50
70
85
120
200
16
25
30
T2
36
10
16
25
30
36
15
16
25
30
36
25
T3
36
16
36
16
36
25
T4
36
T2
36
36
36
36
50
T3
40
16
40
16
40
25
T4
T2
T4
T4
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
70
60
40
85
60
30
36
36
36
50
40
40
70
40
85
40
40
30
36
30
36
50
30
40
60
40
60
40
40
40
32..63
15
16
25
30
36
25
36
50
25
40
60
40
60
40
S280
B,C
80, 100
16
16
16
36
16
30
36
16
30
36
30
36
30
30
S290
C,D
80..125
15
16
25
30
36
30
30
50
30
30
70
30
85
30
30
S500
B,C,D
6..63
50
70
70
85
120
200
ABB SACE
1/7
Back-up
Load side circuit-breaker: MCCB
MCCB - MCCB @ 415 V
Supply s. T1 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 S7 T2 T4 T5 T6 S7 T2 T4 T5 T6 S7 T4 T5
Version
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
36
50
T1
16
25 36
36 36
30 30 30
50 50 36 36
36
T1
25
36
36 36
36 36 36
50 50 40 40
50 50 70 65 65 65 50 85
T1
50 50 50 50
50 50 70 65 65 65 50 85 100 100 70 50 200 120
T2
50 50 50 50
50 50 70 65 65 65 65 85 100 100 85 85 200 120
T3
50 50 50
50 50
65 65 65 50
100 100 100 50 200 120
50 50
50 50
65 65 65 50
100 100 65 65 200 120
50
50 50
65 65 50
100 85 65
65 40
70 50
Load s.
T4
36
T5
T6
50 40
T2
L
65 85
70 40 40 40
50
V
200
50 50 50
T2
200 150
100 85 85
150
85 85
85 120 120 85 85 200 150
70
120 120 100 100 200 180

120 100 100
T6
180
100 85
T2
1/8
120
100 100 100
70
T5
65
100 100 85 85 200 150
70 70 65
T4
85
85 85 70 50 130 100
70 70 70 65
T6
T5
L
100
70 70 70
T5
T4
85
L
120
70 70 70 65 85 100 100 85 85 200 130
T3
T4
H
70
85
L
120
120 120
200 180
200 200
200
ABB SACE
Coordination
tables
Introduzione
Discrimination
Notes for use ............................................................................................................. 2/2

MCB - MCB (240 V) .................................................................................................. 2/4
MCCB - MCB (240 V) ................................................................................................ 2/6
MCB - MCB (415 V)
MCB - S200L ....................................................................................................... 2/8
MCB - S200 ......................................................................................................... 2/9
MCB - S200M .................................................................................................... 2/11
MCB - S200P ..................................................................................................... 2/12
MCB - S500 ....................................................................................................... 2/14
MCCB - MCB
T1 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/15
T2 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/22
T3 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/29
T4 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/36
MCCB - MCCB
MCCB - T1 ......................................................................................................... 2/44
MCCB - T2 ......................................................................................................... 2/46
MCCB - T3 ......................................................................................................... 2/54
MCCB - T4 ......................................................................................................... 2/54
MCCB - T5 ......................................................................................................... 2/56
MCCB - T6 ......................................................................................................... 2/56
ACB - MCCB ........................................................................................................... 2/57
ABB SACE
2/1
Discrimination
Notes for use
Selective protection
to the IEC 60947-2 Standard) for which the selective protection is verified among the
combination of selected circuit-breakers. The tables cover the possible combinations
between ABB SACE Emax series air circuit-breakers, ABB SACE Tmax and Isomax
series of moulded-case circuit-breakers, and the ABB series of miniature circuit-breakers.
The values in the table represent the maximum value obtainable of discrimination
between supply side circuit-breaker and load side circuit-breaker referring to the voltage:
Vn of 230/240 V AC for the S9 circuit-breakers and Vn of 400/415 V AC for the supply
side circuit-breakers in the coordination between MCB with the miniature S9 circuitbreakers.
These values are obtained following particular specifications which, when not respected,
could give discrimination values which are in some cases much lower than what is
indicated. Some of these are generally valid and are given below, others referring
exclusively to particular types of circuit-breakers will be the subject of a note under the
relative table.
General prescriptions
Function I of the electronic releases of the supply side circuit-breakers must be
excluded (I3 in OFF);
The magnetic trip of thermomagnetic (TM) or magnetic only (M) circuit-breakers placed
on the supply side must be 10 x In and regulated to the maximum threshold;
It is of prime importance to check that the settings made by the user for the electronic
and thermomagnetic relays of circuit-breakers placed both on the load and supply
side results in time-current curves properly spaced.
2/2
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Notes for use
Note
The letter T indicates total discrimination for the selected combination; the corresponding
value in kA is obtained by considering the lowest between the breaking capacities (Icu)
of the circuit-breaker on the load side and the circuit-breaker on the supply side.
The following tables give the breaking capacities at 415 V AC for SACE Emax, Isomax
and Tmax circuit-breakers.
Isomax @ 415 V AC
Tmax @ 415 V AC
Emax @ 415 V AC
Version
Icu [kA]
Version
Icu [kA]
16
50
Version
B
42
25
65
N (E1)
50
36
100
65
50
75
Icu [kA]
70
S (E2)
85
L (T2)
L (T4, T5)
L (T6)
85
120
100
100
130
V (E3)
130
200
150
Caption
ACB = air circuit-breakers (Emax)
TMD (Tmax)
TMA (Tmax)
MF (Tmax)
MA (Tmax)
PR121/P - PR122/P - PR123/P (Emax)

Caption of symbols
MCB
Tmax
Isomax
Emax
or contact ABB SACE
ABB SACE
2/3
Discrimination
MCB - S9 @ 230/240 V
Supply s.**
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.*
S931N
S941N
S951N
S971N
B-C
B-C
B-C
B-C
S500
4.5
10
10
15
50
In [A]
80
100
125
80
100
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.075
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.06
10
16
2.5
3.5
3.5
0.3
20
1.5
2.5
2.5
0.3
25
0.5
0.5
1.5
0.3
32
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
40
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
10
4.5
16
2.5
3.5
3.5
20
1.5
2.5
2.5
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
4.5
0.3
4.5
0.3
0.3
25
0.5
0.5
1.5
32
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
40
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
7.5
4.5
5.5
10
4.5
16
2.5
3.5
3.5
20
1.5
2.5
2.5
25
0.5
0.5
1.5
32
0.5
0.5
40
0.5
4
6
0.1
0.1
0.15
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.25
4.5
0.3
4.5
0.3
0.3
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
7.5
4.5
5.5
10
4.5
16
2.5
3.5
3.5
20
1.5
2.5
2.5
25
0.5
0.5
1.5
32
0.5
0.5
40
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.15
0.6
0.15
0.6
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.25
4.5
0.3
4.5
0.3
0.3
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.3
* Load side circuit-breaker 1P+N (230/240 V)

** For networks with 230/240 V AC two-pole circuit-breaker (phase + neutral)
for networks at 400/415 V AC four-pole circuit-breaker (load side circuit branched between one phase and the neutral)
2/4
ABB SACE
S500
S500
50
50
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
0.1
0.2
0.34
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.24
0.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
3.5
0.1
0.2
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.5
0.15
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.2
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.1
0.4
0.48
0.34
0.4
0.48
2.5
3.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
0.5
0.5
0.34
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.24
0.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
3.5
0.2
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.5
5.5
0.15
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.2
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
4.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
5.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
3.5
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.34
0.15
0.1
1.5
0.5
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
4.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
5.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
3.5
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.1
0.5
0.26
0.2
2.5
1.5
0.2
0.15
0.5
1
0.5
0.26
0.34
0.24
0.5
0.5
0.58
0.2
3.5
0.5
5.5
0.35
0.24
0.5
2.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
0.58
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
0.2
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
4.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
5.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
3.5
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.53
0.15
ABB SACE
0.35
0.53
0.15
0.1
0.34
0.26
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.26
0.35
3.5
0.5
5.5
0.35
0.5
2.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
2/5
Discrimination
MCCB @ 415 V 4p - S9 @ 240 V
Supply s.
Load s.
S931N
S941N
Char.
S971N
Release
TMD
Iu [A]
160
TMD, MA
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
16
20
25
32
40
50
10
3*
16
3*
3*
4.5
20
100 125 160** 160
3*
3*
25
32
40
B-C
B-C
B-C
10
4.5
3*
4.5
B-C
16
4.5
3*
4.5
3*
3*
3*
B-C
B-C
S951N
B, C, N
Icu [kA]
T1
Version
20
25
B-C
32
B-C
40
B-C
B-C
B-C
10
4.5
7.5
8.5
3*
4.5
B-C
16
4.5
7.5
3*
4.5
3*
3*
7.5
3*
7.5
B-C
10
20
B-C
25
B-C
32
B-C
40
B-C
B-C
12
B-C
10
4.5
7.5
8.5
3*
4.5
B-C
16
4.5
7.5
3*
4.5
3*
3*
7.5
3*
7.5
B-C
10
20
B-C
25
B-C
32
B-C
40
Supply side circuit-breaker 4P (load side circuit branched between one phase and the neutral)
Load side circuit-breaker 1P+N (230/240 V)
* Value valid only for magnetic only supply side circuit-breaker
** Neutral 50%
2/6
ABB SACE
T2
T3
N, S, H, L
N, S
EL
TMD, MA
160
250
63
80
100 125** 125 160** 160
T*
10
25
63
100
T*
7.5
8.5
160 63
80
100 125** 125 160** 160 200** 200 250** 250
T*
T*
7.5
8.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
6*
7.5
7.5
8.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
6*
7.5
ABB SACE
7.5
6*
7.5
7.5
8.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
6*
7.5
2/7
Discrimination
MCB - S200L @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
S200L
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
63
6..8
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
13
4.5
1.5
16
4.5
20
3.5
25
3.5
32
3
2.5
5
4.5
40
2/8
ABB SACE
Discrimination
MCB - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
C
10
B-C
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
13
4.5
1.5
16
4.5
20
3.5
25
3.5
32
63
3
2.5
5
4.5
40
50
S200
63
10
1.5
5.5
5.5
1.5
10
1.5
13
1.5
1.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
ABB SACE
2/9
Discrimination
MCB - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
2
K
10
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
63
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
S200
10
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
16
4.5
1.5
20
3.5
1.5
2.5
25
3.5
2.5
32
4.5
40
4.5
50
63
2/10
ABB SACE
Discrimination
MCB - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
C
15
B-C
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
10.5
1.5
5.5
10.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
13
4.5
1.5
16
4.5
20
3.5
25
3.5
32
63
3
2.5
5
4.5
40
50
63
S200M
15
10.5
1.5
5.5
10.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
16
1.5
20
25
32
40
50
63
15
10.5
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
1.5
10.5
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
ABB SACE
2/11
Discrimination
MCB - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
C
25
B-C
15
S200P
25
D
15
2/12
In [A]
2
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
2
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
S500
15
50
80
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
4.5
4.5
3.5
3.5
100
T
T
T
T
T
8
7
7
5
5
4.5
32
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
1
40
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
1.5
50
T
15
6
3
3
2
2
2
63
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
3
3
2.5
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
3
3
3
T
T
T
T
T
8
5
5
5
4
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
1
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
T
15
6
3
3
2
1.5
1.5
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
2
2
2
ABB SACE
Discrimination
MCB - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
25
K
15
S200P
25
Z
15
ABB SACE
In [A]
2
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
2
3
4
6
8
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
S500
15
50
80
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
3
3
3
100
T
T
T
T
T
8
5
5
5
4
32
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
40
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
50
T
15
6
3
3
2
1.5
63
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
2
2
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
4.5
3.5
3.5
3
3
T
T
T
T
T
8
7
5
5
4.5
4.5
3
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
1
1
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
T
15
6
3
3
2
2
2
2
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
2
2/13
Discrimination
MCB - S500 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
D
Icu [kA]
Load s.
B-C-D
50
15
In [A]
80
10
10
10
13
10
16
10
20
7.5
25
4.5
32
100
40
50
63
S500
50
5.8
5.3..8
10
7.3..11
7.5
10..15
4.5
10
14..20
4.5
18..26
30
6
4.5
23..32
29..37
34..41
38..45
2/14
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200L @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B, C, N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
8
10
13
S200L
16
20
25
32
40
ABB SACE
2/15
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B, C, N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.5
7.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8
10
10
B-C
13
16
20
25
32
40
7.5
50
63
S200
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
13
16
4.5
6.5
2.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
8
10
D
10
20
25
32
40
50
63
2/16
9.5
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B, C, N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
3.5
5.5
6.5
3.5
5.5
9.5
4.5
9.5
9.5
8
10
K
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
S200
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8
Z
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
ABB SACE
9.5
10
7.5
2/17
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B, C, N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
4.5
7.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
4.5
7.5
12
10
10
7.5
12
8
10
15
B-C
13
16
20
25
32
40
7.5
50
12
7.5
10.5
63
10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
8.5
13.5
4.5
6.5
11
2.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
8
S200M
15
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
T
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
8.5
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
3.5
5.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
8
10
K
15
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
2/18
9.5
4.5
9.5
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
Supply s.
T1
Version
B, C, N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
4.5
7.5
8.5
17*
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
20*
4.5
7.5
12
20*
10
15
10
15
7.5
12
8
10
13
16
B-C
20
25
32
15
40
7.5
50
12
7.5
10.5
63
S200P
25
D
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
17*
8.5
17*
13
13.5
16
13.5
4.5
6.5
11
2.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
8
10
25
32
40
50
63
10.5
20
15
160
9.5
* Select the lowest value between what is indicated and the breaking capacity of the supply side circuit-breaker
ABB SACE
2/19
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
Supply s.
T1
Version
B, C, N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
17*
8
10
8.5
17*
13
7.5
10
13.5
16
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
3.5
5.5
9.5
4.5
9.5
9.5
20
25
32
15
40
50
63
S200P
25
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
17*
4.5
8.5
17*
4.5
7.5
12
20*
10
15
10
15
7.5
12
8
10
16
20
25
32
15
9.5
40
50
63
7.5
12
7.5
10.5
10.5
2/20
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S500 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B, C, N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
20*
25*
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
20*
25*
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25*
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25*
4.5
7.5
10
15
25*
10
15
20*
7.5
10
20*
10
20*
15
10
13
16
B-C-D
50
20
25
32
40
50
160
63
S500
50
36
36
5.3..8
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
4.5
7.5
10
15
10
15
20*
7.5
10
20*
10
20*
15
10..15
14..20
18..26
30
5.8
7.3..11
23..32
29..37
34..41
38..45
ABB SACE
2/21
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200L @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
S200L
Char.
Icu [kA]
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
25
63
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
4.5
13
3*
4.5
16
3*
4.5
20
3*
25
3*
32
3*
5.5*
40
100 125 160
10
100 160
* Value valid with supply side magnetic only circuit-breaker
2/22
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
10
B-C
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
4.5
7.5
8.5
13
10
100 160
3*
4.5
7.5
7.5
16
3*
4.5
7.5
20
3*
25
3*
32
3*
7.5
40
5.5*
7.5
50
3*
5*
7.5
63
S200
100 125 160
5*
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
8.5
13
2*
16
2*
20
2*
4.5
6.5
2*
2.5
25
9.5
32
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
3*
9.5
9.5
ABB SACE
2/23
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
K
10
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
8.5
2*
4.5
7.5
20
2*
3.5
5.5
6.5
2*
3.5
5.5
9.5
32
4.5
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
10
100 160
16
25
S200
100 125 160
3*
9.5
9.5
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
4.5
8.5
16
3*
4.5
7.5
20
3*
25
3*
32
3*
7.5
40
5.5*
7.5
50
4*
5*
7.5
63
5*
2/24
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
15
B-C
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
13
3*
15
7.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
16
3*
4.5
7.5
12
20
3*
10
25
3*
10
32
3*
7.5
12
40
5.5*
7.5
12
50
3*
5*
7.5 10.5
5*
10.5
10.5
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
12
10
3*
8.5
16
2*
13.5
20
2*
4.5
6.5
11
2*
2.5
9.5
32
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
15
10.5 10.5
25
100 160
4.5
63
S200M
100 125 160
3*
9.5
9.5
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
12
10
3*
8.5
16
2*
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
2*
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
2*
3.5
5.5
9.5
25
32
4.5
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
3*
9.5
9.5
ABB SACE
2/25
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
B-C
15
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
5.5 10.5
15
17
4.5
7.5
8.5
17
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
13
3*
25
D
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
20
3*
4.5
7.5
12
20
20
3*
10
15
25
3*
10
15
32
3*
7.5
12
40
5.5*
7.5
12
50
3*
5*
7.5 10.5
5*
10.5 10.5
10.5
10.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
12
17
10
3*
8.5
17
13
2*
13.5
16
2*
13.5
20
2*
4.5
6.5
11
2*
2.5
25
15
100 160
16
63
S200P
100 125 160
9.5
32
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
3*
9.5
9.5
2/26
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
12
17
10
3*
8.5
17
13
2*
7.5
10
13.5
16
2*
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
2*
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
2*
3.5
25
15
25
Z
15
100 160
5.5
9.5
32
4.5
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
S200P
100 125 160
3*
9.5
9.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
10
3*
4.5
8.5
17
16
3*
4.5
7.5
12
20
20
3*
10
15
25
3*
10
15
32
3*
7.5
12
40
5.5*
7.5
12
50
4*
5*
7.5 10.5
10.5 10.5
5*
10.5
10.5
63
ABB SACE
2/27
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S290 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
S290
Char.
C-D-K
Icu [kA]
15
160
In [A]
160
160
80
100
125
2
Tmax T2 - S500 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N, S, H, L
Release
TM, M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
B-C-D
Icu [kA]
50
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
80
100 125 160
25
63
100 160
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
63
15
20
25
36
36
36
36
10
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
20
25
36
36
36
36
36
13
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
36
36
16
4.5*
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
36
20
4.5*
4.5
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
36
25
4.5*
32
4.5*
50
K
30
36
10
15
20
36
36
36
36
7.5
10
20
36
36
36
36
40
5*
10
20
36
36
36
50
5*
7.5*
15
36
36
36
36
36
36
63
S500
10
5*
5.8
36
36
5.3..8
4.5*
5.5
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
50** 50** 50** 50** 50** 50**
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
36
36
36
50**
50** 50** 50** 50**
7.3..11
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
36
36
36
50**
50** 50** 50** 50**
10..15
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
14..20
4.5*
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
18..26
4.5*
4.5
7.5
10
15
23..32
4.5*
29..37
4.5*
10
15
20
7.5
10
20
34..41
5*
10
20
38..45
5*
7.5*
15

** Select the lowest value between what is indicated and the breaking capacity of the supply side circuit-breaker
2/28
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200L@ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
S200L
ABB SACE
Char.
Icu [kA]
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
2/29
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
10
B-C
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
10
7.5
8.5
13
7.5
7.5
16
7.5
20
25
7.5
40
7.5
50
5*
7.5
32
63
S200
10
5*
6*
10
8.5
13
16
20
4.5
6.5
25
2.5
9.5
T
T
32
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
63
3*
5*
9.5
2/30
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
10
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
10
8.5
16
4.5
7.5
20
3.5
5.5
6.5
25
3.5
5.5
9.5
T
T
32
9.5
40
4.5
50
3*
9.5
63
S200
10
3*
5.5*
9.5
10
8.5
16
7.5
20
25
7.5
40
7.5
50
5*
7.5
63
5*
6*
32
ABB SACE
2/31
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
15
B-C
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
10.5
10.5
10
7.5
8.5
13
7.5
7.5
12
16
7.5
12
20
10
25
10
7.5
12
32
S200M
D
15
40
7.5
12
50
5*
7.5
10.5
63
5*
6*
10.5
10.5
10.5
12
10
8.5
16
13.5
20
4.5
6.5
11
25
2.5
9.5
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
32
63
15
3*
5*
9.5
10.5
10.5
12
10
8.5
T
T
16
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
25
3.5
5.5
9.5
T
T
32
9.5
40
4.5
50
3*
9.5
63
3*
5.5*
9.5
2/32
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
B-C
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
15
15
17
15
15
17
10.5
15
17
10.5
15
17
10
7.5
8.5
17
13
7.5
7.5
12
20
16
7.5
12
20
20
10
15
25
10
15
7.5
12
32
15
S200P
25
D
40
7.5
12
50
5*
7.5
10.5
63
5*
6*
10.5
15
15
15
15
10.5
15
10.5
12
10
8.5
13
13.5
16
13.5
20
4.5
6.5
11
25
2.5
9.5
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
63
3*
5*
9.5
32
15
ABB SACE
2/33
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
15
15
17
15
15
17
10.5
15
17
T
T
10.5
12
17
10
8.5
17
13
7.5
10
13.5
16
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
25
3.5
5.5
9.5
4.5
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
32
15
63
S200P
25
Z
3*
5.5*
9.5
15
15
17
15
15
17
10.5
15
17
10.5
15
17
10
8.5
17
16
7.5
12
20
20
10
15
25
10
15
7.5
12
32
15
40
7.5
12
50
5*
7.5
10.5
63
5*
6*
10.5
2/34
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S290 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
S290
Char.
C-D-K
Icu [kA]
15
250
In [A]
160
200
80
4*
10
15
100
4*
7.5*
15
125
250
7.5*
Tmax T3 - S500 @ 400/415 V

Supply s.
T3
Version
N, S
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
B-C-D
Icu [kA]
50
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
10.5
15
20
25
36
36
36
10
10
20
25
36
36
36
13
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
16
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
20
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
25
10
15
20
36
36
36
7.5
10
20
36
36
36
32
40
10
20
36
36
36
50
7.5*
15
36
36
36
36
63
S500
50
K
30
5*
6*
36
36
5.8
36
36
36
36
5.3..8
10.5
36
36
36
7.3..11
36
36
36
10..15
7.5
10
15
14..20
7.5
10
15
18..26
7.5
10
15
23..32
10
15
20
7.5
10
20
34..41
10
20
38..45
7.5*
15
29..37
ABB SACE
2/35
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200L @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
S200L
Char.
Icu [kA]
EL
250
250
20
25
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
T*
T*
10
5*
13
5*
16
3*
25
32
5**
20
40
250 100
320
In [A]
160
250
320

** Value valid with supply side magnetic only MA 52 circuit-breaker
2/36
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
10
B-C
10
320
20
25
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
250
320
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
6.5
13
5*
6.5
16
3*
6.5
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
63
250
In [A]
20
S200
EL
250
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
5.5
16
13
5*
5.5
20
4**
25
4**
4.5
32
4.5*
40
4.5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
50
63

ABB SACE
2/37
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
K
10
10
250
320
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
250
320
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
16
5*
20
25
5**
6*
32
5**
6*
T*
40
5.5*
T*
T*
50
5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
63
S200
EL
250
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
6.5
5*
4.5
6.5
20
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
T*
16
63
2/38
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
15
B-C
15
25
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
250
320
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
6.5
13
5*
6.5
16
3*
6.5
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
16
5.5
20
4**
25
4**
4.5
32
4.5*
40
4.5*
T*
50
T*
63
15
320
20
63
250
In [A]
20
S200M
EL
250
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
16
5*
20
25
5**
6*
32
5**
6*
T*
40
5.5*
T*
T*
50
5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
63

ABB SACE
2/39
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
B-C
In [A]
20
25
32
50
25
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
250
320
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
6.5
13
5*
6.5
16
3*
6.5
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
15
T*
T*
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
5.5
16
5.5
20
4**
25
4**
4.5
13
320
80
63
S200P
250
20
15
EL
250
5*
32
4.5*
40
4.5*
T*
50
63
T*
T*
T*
T*

2/40
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
15
In [A]
20
25
32
50
25
Z
320
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
250
320
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
13
5*
16
5*
20
25
5**
6*
32
5**
6*
T*
40
5.5*
T*
T*
50
5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
6.5
5*
4.5
6.5
20
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
T*
16
15
250
80
63
S200P
EL
250
63

ABB SACE
2/41
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S290 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
C-K
S290
C
D
15
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
250
In [A]
EL
250
200
80
11
100
5*
12
8*
12
11
12
125
80
100
250
160
320
160
250
320
2/42
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S500 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
B-C
Icu [kA]
50
Supply s.
T4
Version
N, S, H, L, V
Release
TM, M
Iu [A]
250
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
160
320
250
320
7.5
7.5
16
6.5*
6.5
6.5
11
13
6.5
5*
6.5
6.5
11
16
5*
6.5
6.5
11
20
4*
6.5
6.5
11
25
6.5
11
32
6.5
40
5*
6.5
5*
7.5
5*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
16
10
6.5
6.5*
6.5
6.5
11
6.5
11
16
6.5
11
20
6.5*
11
25
6.5*
11
5*
32
8*
40
6.5*
T*
7.5*
T*
7*
T*
5.8
30
250 100
7.5*
63
200
6.5
50
50
160
7.5
13
50
125
63
100
10
50
S500
EL
250
5.3..8
40** 40* ** 40** 40** 40**

6
6*
40**
7.3..11
5*
40**
10..15
5*
12
14..20
12
18..26
5*
12*
23..32
5*
12*
T*
29..37
5*
8*
T*
T*
34..41
6*
T*
T*
38..45
6*
8*
T*
T*
* Value valid with supply side magnetic only circuit-breaker (with In = 50 A please refer to MA52 circuit-breakers)
ABB SACE
2/43
Discrimination
MCCB - Tmax T1 @ 400/415 V
Supply s. T1
Version
B,
C,
N
Release
Iu [A]
Load s.
In [A]
2
B
T2
T3
T4
N,S,H,L
N,S
N,S,H,L,V
TM,M
TM TM,M
EL
TM,M
160
160
250
160 160 25
63 100 160 160 200 250 20
250
25
32
50
80 100 125 160 200 250
16
10** 10
10
10
10
10
10
20
10** 10
10
10
10
10
10
25
10** 10
10
10
10
10
10
32
10*
10
10
10
10
10
40
10*
10
10
10
10
10
50
10* 10
10
10
10
63
10* 10
10
10
10
10
10
10* 10
10
10*
10
80
100
125
160
T1
TM
C
160
25
32
10** 10
10
10
10
10
10
10*
10
10
10
10
10
10*
10
10
10
10
10
10* 10
10
10
10
40
50
63
80
10* 10
10
10
10
10
10
10* 10
10
10*
10
10
100
125
160
32
10*
10
10
10
10
40
10*
10
10
10
10
10
50
10* 10
10
10
10
63
10* 10
10
10
10
10
10
10* 10
10
10*
10
80
100
125
160
2/44
ABB SACE
T4
T5
T6
S7
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
EL
250
TM
320
400
EL
630
400
TM,M
EL
EL
630 630 800 630 800 1000
1250
1600
100 160 250 320 320 400 500 320 400 630 630 800 630 800 100010001250 1600
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
ABB SACE
10
10
10
10
10
10
2/45
Discrimination
MCCB - Tmax T2 @ 400/415 V
Supply s. T1
Version
B,
C,
N
Release
Load s.
T4
N,S,H,L
N,S
N,S,H,L,V
TM,M
TM,M
In [A]
160
EL
160
160
160 160 25
63 100 160 160 200 250 20
25
32
50
80 100 125 160 200 250
1.6-2.5 T
T2
T3
TM TM,M
Iu [A]
TM
T2
250
250
T*
3.2
T*
4-5
T*
6.3
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40** T
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
T*
12.5
16
20
T*
25
T*
32
T*
40
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
50
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
63
30* 30* 30* 30
80
100
30
30
3*
25* 25* 25* 25
25
4*
25* 25* 25*
25
125
25* 25*
160
EL
160
25*
10
25
63
100
160
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

2/46
ABB SACE
T4
T5
T6
S7
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
EL
TM
250
320
400
EL
630
400
TM,M
EL
EL
630 630 800 630 800 1000
1250
1600
100 160 250 320 320 400 500 320 400 630 630 800 630 800 10001000 1250 1600
T
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
ABB SACE
2/47
Discrimination
MCCB - Tmax T2 @ 400/415 V
Supply s. T1
Version
B,
C,
N
Release
Load s.
T4
N,S,H,L
N,S
N,S,H,L,V
TM,M
TM,M
In [A]
160
EL
160
160
160 160 25
63 100 160 160 200 250 20
25
32
50
80 100 125 160 200 250
1.6-2.5 T
T2
T3
TM TM,M
Iu [A]
TM
T2
250
250
T*
3.2
T*
4-5
T*
6.3
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40** T
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
T*
12.5
16
20
T*
25
40*/** 40** 40** 40** 40** 40**
32
40*/** 40** 40** 40** 40** 40**
40
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
50
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
63
30* 30* 30* 30
80
100
30
30
3*
25* 25* 25* 25
25
25* 25* 25*
25
125
25* 25*
160
EL
160
25*
10
25
63
100
160
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

2/48
ABB SACE
T4
T5
T6
S7
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
EL
TM
250
320
400
EL
630
400
TM,M
EL
EL
630 630 800 630 800 1000
1250
1600
100 160 250 320 320 400 500 320 400 630 630 800 630 800 1000 10001250 1600
T
40** 40** 40** 40**
40** 40** 40** 40**
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
ABB SACE
2/49
Discrimination
MCCB - Tmax T2 @ 400/415 V
Supply s. T1
Version
B,
C,
N
Release
Iu [A]
Load s.
In [A]
TM
T2
160
T3
T4
N,S,H,L
N,S
N,S,H,L,V
TM,M
TM TM,M
EL
TM,M
160
160
250
160 160 25
63 100 160 160 200 250 20
25
32
50
80 100 125 160 200 250
1.6-2.5 T
T2
250
T*
3.2
T*
4-5
T*
6.3
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40** T
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
T*
12.5
16
20
55*/** 55** 55** 55** 55** 55**
25
40*/** 40** 40** 40** 40** 40**
32
40*/** 40** 40** 40** 40** 40**
40
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
50
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
63
30* 30* 30* 30
80
100
30
30
3*
25* 25* 25* 25
25
25* 25* 25*
25
125
25* 25*
160
EL
160
25*
10
25
63
100
160
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

2/50
ABB SACE
T4
T5
T6
S7
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
EL
TM
250
320
400
EL
630
400
TM,M
EL
EL
630 630 800 630 800 1000
1250
1600
100 160 250 320 320 400 500 320 400 630 630 800 630 800 1000 10001250 1600
T
55** 55** 55** 55**
40** 40** 40** 40**
40** 40** 40** 40**
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
ABB SACE
2/51
Discrimination
MCCB - Tmax T2 @ 400/415 V
Supply s. T1
Version
B,
C,
N
Release
Load s.
T4
N,S,H,L
N,S
N,S,H,L,V
TM,M
TM,M
In [A]
160
EL
160
160
160 160 25
63 100 160 160 200 250 20
25
32
50
80 100 125 160 200 250
1.6-2.5 T
T2
T3
TM TM,M
Iu [A]
TM
T2
250
250
T*
3.2
T*
4-5
T*
6.3
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40** T
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
T*
10
T*
10
10
10
10
10
10 10
15 40**
12.5
16
70** 70** 70** 70** 70** 70**
20
55*/** 55** 55** 55** 55** 55**
25
40*/** 40** 40** 40** 40** 40**
32
40*/** 40** 40** 40** 40** 40**
40
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
50
30* 30* 30
30
30
30
63
30* 30* 30* 30
80
100
30
30
3*
25* 25* 25* 25
25
25* 25* 25*
25
125
25* 25*
160
EL
160
25*
10
25
63
100
160
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

2/52
ABB SACE
T4
T5
T6
S7
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
EL
TM
250
320
400
EL
630
400
TM,M
EL
EL
630 630 800 630 800 1000
1250
1600
100 160 250 320 320 400 500 320 400 630 630 800 630 800 1000 10001250 1600
T
70** 70** 70** 70**
55** 55** 55** 55**
40** 40** 40** 40**
40** 40** 40** 40**
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
ABB SACE
2/53
Discrimination
MCCB - Tmax T3 @ 400/415 V
Supply s. T1
Version
B,
C,
N
Release
T3
T4
N,S,H,L
N,S
N,S,H,L,V
TM,M
TM,M
TM TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
T2
In [A]
EL
160
160
250
160 160 25
63 100 160 160 200 250 20
32
50
80 100 125 160 200 250
63
80
3*
7*
4*
7*
7*
100
N
250
25
7*
125
7*
160
200
T3
TM
250
250
63
80
3*
7*
4*
7*
7*
100
S
7*
125
7*
160
200
250
MCCB - Tmax T4 @ 400/415 V

Supply s.
T5
T6
S7
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
Version
Release
TM
Iu [A]
Load s.
In [A]
EL
630
400
TM,M
EL
EL
630 630 800 630 800 1000
1250
1600
320 400 500 320 400 630 630 800 630 800 1000100012501600
20
32
50
80
100
50* 50* 50* 50* 50* T
S,
125
50* 50* 50* 50* T
H,
160
50* 50* 50* T
L,
200
50* 50* 50* T
250
50* 50* T
100
50* 50* 50* 50* 50* 50* T
160
50* 50* 50* 50* 50* 50* T
N,
T4
400
TM
EL
250
250
250
320
320
50*
50* 50* T
50* T
* Select the lowest value among what is indicated, the breaking capacity of the supply side
circuit-breaker and the breaking capacity of the load side circuit-breaker
2/54
ABB SACE
T4
T5
T6
S7
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L,V
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
EL
TM
250
320
400
EL
630
400
TM,M
EL
EL
630 630 800 630 800 1000
1250
1600
100 160 250 320 320 400 500 320 400 630 630 800 630 800 1000 100012501600
7
25
25
25
25
25 25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
30
20
20
30
30
7
7
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25 40**
T 40** T
20
20
20
20
20
20
36
36
20
20
20
20
36
36
20
20
20
30
30
20
20
30 40** 30 40** 40**
ABB SACE
2/55
Discrimination
MCCB - Tmax T5 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T6
S7
N,S,H,L
S,H,L
Version
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
T5
N,
S,
H,
L,
V
400
TM
EL
630
400
630
EL
EL
630 800 630 8001000
1250
1600
In [A]
630 800 630 800 100010001250 1600
320
30 30
400
30
30
500
30 30
30
30
30
30
320
30
30
30
30
30
400
30
30
30
30
30
30
630
MCCB - Tmax T6 @ 400/415 V

Supply s.
S7
Version
S,H,L
Release
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
1600
In [A] 10001250 1600

TM
N
EL
TM
S
EL
T6
TM
H
EL
TM
L
EL
2/56
1250
630
630
800
800
T
T
630
630
800
800
1000
1000
630
630
40
40
800
800
40
40
630
630
40
40
40
800
800
40
40
40
1000
1000
40
40
630
630
40
40
40
40
800
800
630
630
40
40
40
800
800
40
40
40
1000
1000
40
40
630
630
40
40
800
800
40
40
630
630
40
40
40
800
800
40
40
40
1000
1000
40
40
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Supply side circuit-breaker: ACB
ACB - MCCB @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
Version
E1
B
Release
Load s.
T2
Iu[A]
T4
EL
800 800
1000 1000
1250 1250
1600 1600
E4
V
L*
EL
1600 1000 800

2000 1250 1000
1600 1250
2000 1600
2000
1250
1600
2500 1000 800

3200 1250 1000
1600 1250
2000 1600
2500 2000
3200 2500
3200
E6
V
EL
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
V
EL
2000 4000 3200 3200

2500
4000 4000
4000 3200
5000 4000
6300 5000
6300
TM,EL
N
S
TM
160
250
55
65
55
65
75
55
65
55
65
100
75
85
100
100
100
55
65
100
75
85
100
100
100
TM,EL
250
320
55
65
55
65
100
75
85
100
100
100
55
65
100
75
85
100
100
100
TM,EL
S
H
TM,EL
L
S
S7
L*
160
T6
E3
S
T
TM
T5
L
T3
EL
B
T1
E2
N
H
L
EL
400
630
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
65
55
65
75
85
55
55
65
75
85
Table valid for Emax circuit-breakers only with PR121/P, PR122/P and PR123/P releases
* Emax L circuit-breakers only with PR122/P and PR123/P releases
ABB SACE
2/57
Coordination
tables
Introduzione
Motor
protection
Notes for use ............................................................................................................. 3/2

DOL Type 2 - Normal starting
415 V - 35 kA ....................................................................................................... 3/4
415 V - 50 kA ....................................................................................................... 3/5
415 V - 70 kA ....................................................................................................... 3/6
415 V - 80 kA ....................................................................................................... 3/7
440 V - 50 kA ....................................................................................................... 3/8
440 V - 65 kA ....................................................................................................... 3/9
500 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/10
690 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/11
DOL Type 2 - Heavy duty

415 V - 35 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/12
415 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/13
440 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/14
440 V - 65 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/15
500 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/16
690 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/17
Star-delta - Type 2
415 V - 35 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/18
415 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/18
440 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/19
440 V - 65 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/19
500 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/20
690 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/20
DOL Type 2 - Start-up with MP release
415 V - 35 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/21
415 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/21
440 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/22
500 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/22
690 V - 50 kA ..................................................................................................... 3/23
ABB SACE
3/1
Motor protection
Notes for use
ABB SACE proposes a vast range of coordination solutions for the power supply of any
motor for which protection against short-circuit and overload are of fundamental
importance.
Standard used
IEC 60947 - 4 1
Rated power of the motor
The tables are based on the current consumed by electric, three-phase squirrel cage
ABB induction motors with four poles.
The rated power of the motor is expressed in kiloWatt
Protection device
As protection device, the following tables use the moulded-case circuit-breakers (MCCB)
with the following types of releases:
MF fixed magnetic only release (for Tmax T2 circuit-breakers)
MA magnetic only release adjustable (for Tmax T2e T3 circuit-breakers)
PR221/I electronic release (for Tmax T4 and T5 circuit-breakers)
PR222MP electronic release (for Tmax T4 and T5 circuit-breakers).
The solutions proposed refer to an ambient temperature of 40 C and to fixed version
apparatus. For higher temperatures, please contact ABB SACE.
Type of starting
By normal starting, a starting time up to 2 s is intended in accordance with the trip
time of the thermal relays in class 10 A (see table 2).
By heavy duty, a starting time up to 9 s is intended in accordance with the trip time of
the thermal relays in class 30 (see table 2).
Two factors must be considered for normal star-delta starting: the speed the motor
has reached at the end of the starting period is 85% higher than the rated one; the
transition time between the star delta connection is 80 ms shorter.
Short-circuit current
The valid selection for a certain value also covers lower levels of short-circuit. For
example, by selecting 80 kA, protection which is also valid for lower values is obtained
(70, 60..kA, at the same voltage). This means a starter with higher performances at
the required breaking capacity. For more economical solutions, verifying some specific
solutions for lower short-circuit levels is recommended.
3/2
ABB SACE
Motor protection
Notes for use
Notes
To determine a type of coordination univocally, and therefore the apparatus needed to
carry it out, the following must be known:
motor power in kW and the type;
rated installation voltage;
rated current of the motor;
short-circuit current at the point of installation;
type of starting: DOL or Y/ - Normal or Heavy - Type 1 o Type 2.
Example for using the tables
You want to realize Y/ Normal Type 2 starting of a three-phase asynchronous
squirrelcage motor with the following data:
rated voltage
short-circuit current
rated motor power
Ur = 400 V
Ik = 50 kA
Pe = 200 kW
The following information is read from the table (stardelta 400 V 50 kA), in
correspondence with the relative line:
Ie (rated current):
349 A
protection device against short-circuit:
T5S630 PR221-I In630 circuit-breaker
magnetic trip threshold:
I3 = 4410 A
line contactor:
A210
delta contactor:
A210
star contactor:
A185
thermal relay:
E320DU320 adjustable 105-320 A
Ie
(to adjusted to
= 202 A).
3
Caption of symbols
MCB
Tmax
Isomax
Emax
or contact ABB SACE
ABB SACE
3/3
Motor protection
DOL @ 400/415 V - 35 kA - Type 2 - Normal starting

Motor
3/4
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type
min
[A]
Group
Current
setting
I max
max
[kW]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
0.37
1.1
T2N160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
1.4
0.55
1.5
T2N160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.9
T2N160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.8
T2N160 MF 3.2
42
A9
TA25DU4
2.8
3.2
1.5
3.5
T2N160 MF 4
52
A16
TA25DU5
3.5
2.2
T2N160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU6.5
4.5
6.5
6.6
T2N160 MF 8.5
110
A26
TA25DU8.5
8.5
8.5
8.6
T2N160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11
7.5
11
11
5.5
11.5
T2N160 MF 12.5
163
A30
TA25DU14
10
14
12.5
7.5
15.2
T2N160 MA 20
210
A30
TA25DU19
13
19
19
11
22
T2N160 MA 32
288
A30
TA42DU25
18
25
25
15
28.5
T2N160 MA 52
392
A50
TA75DU42
29
42
42
18.5
36
T2N160 MA 52
469
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
22
42
T2N160 MA 52
547
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
30
56
T2N160 MA 80
840
A63
TA75DU80
60
80
65
37
68
T2N160 MA 80
960
A75
TA75DU80
60
80
75
45
83
T2N160 MA 100
1200
A95
TA110DU110
80
110
96
55
98
T3N250 MA 160
1440
A110
TA110DU110
80
110
110
75
135
T3N250 MA 200
1800
A145
TA200DU175
130
175
145
90
158
T3N250 MA 200
2400
A185
TA200DU200
150
200
185
110
193
T4N320 PR221-I In320
2720
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
132
232
T5N400 PR221-I In400
3200
A260
E320DU320
100
320
260
160
282
T5N400 PR221-I In400
4000
A300
E320DU320
100
320
300
200
349
T5N630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
250
430
T6N630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
290
520
T6N800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
315
545
T6N800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
355
610
T6N800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
ABB SACE
Motor protection
DOL @ 400/415 V - 50 kA -Type 2 - Normal starting

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type
min
[A]
Group
Current
setting
I max
max
[kW]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
0.37
1.1
T2S160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
1.4
0.55
1.5
T2S160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.9
T2S160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.8
T2S160 MF 3.2
42
A9
TA25DU4
2.8
3.2
1.5
3.5
T2S160 MF 4
52
A16
TA25DU5
3.5
2.2
T2S160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU6.5
4.5
6.5
6.6
T2S160 MF 8.5
110
A26
TA25DU8.5
8.5
8.5
8.6
T2S160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11
7.5
11
11
5.5
11.5
T2S160 MF 12.5
163
A30
TA25DU14
10
14
12.5
7.5
15.2
T2S160 MA 20
210
A30
TA25DU19
13
19
19
11
22
T2S160 MA 32
288
A30
TA42DU25
18
25
25
15
28.5
T2S160 MA 52
392
A50
TA75DU42
29
42
42
18.5
36
T2S160 MA 52
469
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
22
42
T2S160 MA 52
547
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
30
56
T2S160 MA 80
840
A63
TA75DU80
60
80
65
37
68
T2S160 MA 80
960
A75
TA75DU80
60
80
75
45
83
T2S160 MA 100
1200
A95
TA110DU110
80
110
96
55
98
T3S250 MA 160
1440
A110
TA110DU110
80
110
110
75
135
T3S250 MA 200
1800
A145
TA200DU175
130
175
145
90
158
T3S250 MA 200
2400
A185
TA200DU200
150
200
185
110
193
T4S320 PR221-I In320
2720
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
132
232
T5S400 PR221-I In400
3200
A260
E320DU320
100
320
260
160
282
T5S400 PR221-I In400
4000
A300
E320DU320
100
320
300
200
349
T5S630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
250
430
T6S630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
290
520
T6S800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
315
545
T6S800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
355
610
T6S800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
ABB SACE
3/5
Motor protection

Motor
3/6
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type
min
[A]
Group
Current
setting
I max
max
[kW]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
0.37
1.1
T2H160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
1.4
0.55
1.5
T2H160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.9
T2H160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.8
T2H160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4
2.8
3.2
1.5
3.5
T2H160 MF 4
52
A26
TA25DU5
3.5
2.2
T2H160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU6.5
4.5
6.5
6.6
T2H160 MF 8.5
110
A26
TA25DU8.5
8.5
8.5
8.6
T2H160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11
7.5
11
11
5.5
11.5
T2H160 MF 12.5
163
A50
TA25DU14
10
14
12.5
7.5
15.2
T2H160 MA 20
210
A50
TA25DU19
13
19
19
11
22
T2H160 MA 32
288
A50
TA42DU25
18
25
25
15
28.5
T2H160 MA 52
392
A50
TA75DU42
29
42
42
18.5
36
T2H160 MA 52
469
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
22
42
T2H160 MA 52
547
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
30
56
T2H160 MA 80
840
A63
TA75DU80
60
80
65
37
68
T2H160 MA 80
960
A75
TA75DU80
60
80
75
45
83
T2H160 MA 100
1200
A95
TA110DU110
80
110
96
55
98
T4H250 PR221-I In160
1360
A110
TA110DU110
80
110
110
75
135
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1875
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
90
158
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2500
A185
E200DU200
60
200
185
110
193
T4H320 PR221-I In320
2720
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
132
232
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3200
A260
E320DU320
100
320
260
160
282
T5H400 PR221-I In400
4000
A300
E320DU320
100
320
300
200
349
T5H630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
250
430
T6H630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
290
520
T6H800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
315
545
T6H800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
355
610
T6H800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
650
ABB SACE
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type
min
I max
max
[kW]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
0.37
1.1
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
1.4
0.55
1.5
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.9
T2L160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.8
T2L160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4
2.8
3.2
1.5
3.5
T2L160 MF 4
52
A26
TA25DU5
3.5
2.2
T2L160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU6.5
4.5
6.5
6.6
T2L160 MF 8.5
110
A26
TA25DU8.5
8.5
8.5
8.6
T2L160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11
7.5
11
11
5.5
11.5
T2L160 MF 12.5
163
A50
TA25DU14
10
14
12.5
7.5
15.2
T2L160 MA 20
210
A50
TA25DU19
13
19
19
11
22
T2L160 MA 32
288
A50
TA42DU25
18
25
25
15
28.5
T2L160 MA 52
392
A50
TA75DU42
29
42
42
18.5
36
T2L160 MA 52
469
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
22
42
T2L160 MA 52
547
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
50
30
56
T2L160 MA 80
840
A63
TA75DU80
60
80
65
37
68
T2L160 MA 80
960
A75
TA75DU80
60
80
75
45
83
T2L160 MA 100
1200
A95
TA110DU110
80
110
96
55
98
T4L250 PR221-I In160
1360
A110
TA110DU110
80
110
110
75
135
T4L250 PR221-I In250
1875
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
90
158
T4L250 PR221-I In250
2500
A185
E200DU200
60
200
185
110
193
T4L320 PR221-I In320
2720
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
132
232
T5L400 PR221-I In400
3200
A260
E320DU320
100
320
260
160
282
T5L400 PR221-I In400
4000
A300
E320DU320
100
320
300
200
349
T5L630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
250
430
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
290
520
T6L800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
315
545
T6L800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
355
610
T6L800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
ABB SACE
[A]
Group
Current
setting
3/7
Motor protection
DOL @ 440 V - 50 kA - Type 2 - Normal starting

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
[kW]
[A]
0.37
0.55
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type
min
[A]
Group
Current
setting
I max
max
[A]
[A]
T2H160 MF 1
13
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
[A]
1
1.4
T2H160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.7
T2H160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.2
T2H160 MF 2.5
33
A9
TA25DU3.1
2.2
3.1
2.5
1.5
T2H160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4
2.8
3.2
2.2
4.4
T2H160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU5
3.5
5.7
T2H160 MF 6.5
84
A26
TA25DU6.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
7.8
T2H160 MF 8.5
110
A30
TA25DU11
7.5
11
8.5
5.5
10.5
T2H160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU14
10
14
11
7.5
13.5
T2H160 MA 20
180
A30
TA25DU19
13
19
19
11
19
T2H160 MA 32
240
A30
TA42DU25
18
25
25
15
26
T2H160 MA 32
336
A50
TA75DU32
22
32
32
18.5
32
T2H160 MA 52
469
A50
TA75DU42
29
42
42
22
38
T2H160 MA 52
547
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
45
30
52
T2H160 MA 80
720
A63
TA75DU63
45
63
63
37
63
T2H160 MA 80
840
A75
TA75DU80
60
80
70
45
75
T2H160 MA 100
1050
A95
TA110DU90
65
90
90
55
90
T4H250 PR221-I In160
1200
A110
TA110DU110
80
110
100
75
120
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1750
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
90
147
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2000
A185
E200DU200
60
200
185
110
177
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2500
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
132
212
T5H400 PR221-I In320
3200
A260
E320DU320
100
320
220
160
260
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3600
A300
E320DU320
100
320
280
200
320
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4410
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
250
410
T6H630 PR221-I In630
5355
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
290
448
T6H630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF580
E500DU500*
150
500
500
315
500
T6H800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
355
549
T6H800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
* Connection Kit not available. To use the connection kit, replace with relay E800DU800
3/8
ABB SACE
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
[kW]
[A]
0.37
0.55
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type
min
[A]
Group
Current
setting
I max
max
[A]
[A]
T2L160 MF 1
13
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
[A]
1
1.4
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.7
T2L160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.2
T2L160 MF 2.5
33
A9
TA25DU3.1
2.2
3.1
2.5
1.5
T2L160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4
2.8
3.2
2.2
4.4
T2L160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU5
3.5
5.7
T2L160 MF 6.5
84
A26
TA25DU6.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
7.8
T2L160 MF 8.5
110
A30
TA25DU11
7.5
11
8.5
5.5
10.5
T2L160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU14
10
14
11
7.5
13.5
T2L160 MA 20
180
A30
TA25DU19
13
19
19
11
19
T2L160 MA 32
240
A30
TA42DU25
18
25
25
15
26
T2L160 MA 32
336
A50
TA75DU32
22
32
32
18.5
32
T2L160 MA 52
469
A50
TA75DU42
29
42
42
22
38
T2L160 MA 52
547
A50
TA75DU52
36
52
45
30
52
T2L160 MA 80
720
A63
TA75DU63
45
63
63
37
63
T2L160 MA 80
840
A75
TA75DU80
60
80
70
45
75
T2L160 MA 100
1050
A95
TA110DU90
65
90
90
55
90
T4H250 PR221-I In160
1200
A110
TA110DU110
80
110
100
75
120
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1750
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
90
147
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2000
A185
E200DU200
60
200
185
110
177
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2500
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
132
212
T5H400 PR221-I In320
3200
A260
E320DU320
100
320
220
160
260
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3600
A300
E320DU320
100
320
280
200
320
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4410
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
250
410
T6L630 PR221-I In630
5355
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
290
448
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF580
E500DU500*
150
500
500
315
500
T6L800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
355
549
T6L800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
580
ABB SACE
3/9
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type
[A]
Group
Current
setting
I max
min
max
[kW]
[A]
[A]
[A]
0.37
0.88
T2L160 MF 1
13
A9
TA25DU1.0
0.63
[A]
1
0.55
1.2
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
1.4
0.75
1.5
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
1.1
2.2
T2L160 MF 2.5
33
A9
TA25DU3.1
2.2
3.1
2.5
1.5
2.8
T2L160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4
2.8
3.2
2.2
T2L160 MF 4
52
A26
TA25DU5
3.5
5.2
T2L160 MF 6.5
84
A26
TA25DU6.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.9
T2L160 MF 8.5
110
A30
TA25DU8.5
8.5
8.5
5.5
9.1
T2L160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11
7.5
11
11
7.5
12.2
T2L160 MF 12.5
163
A30
TA25DU14
10
14
12.5
11
17.5
T2L160 MA 20
240
A30
TA25DU19
13
19
19
15
23
T2L160 MA 32
336
A50
TA75DU25
18
25
25
18.5
29
T2L160 MA 52
392
A50
TA75DU32
22
32
32
22
34
T2L160 MA 52
469
A50
TA75DU42
29
42
42
30
45
T2L160 MA 52
624
A63
TA75DU52
36
52
52
37
56
T2L160 MA 80
840
A75
TA75DU63
45
63
63
45
67
T2L160 MA 80
960
A95
TA80DU80
60
80
80
55
82
T2L160 MA 100
1200
A110
TA110DU90
65
90
90
75
110
T4H250 PR221-I In160
1440
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
145
90
132
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1875
A145
E200DU200
60
200
110
158
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2250
A185
E200DU200
60
200
170
132
192
T4H320 PR221-I In320
2720
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
160
230
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3600
A260
E320DU320
100
320
240
200
279
T5H400 PR221-I In400
4000
A300
E320DU320
100
320
280
250
335
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4725
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
290
394
T6L630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
315
440
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF580
E500DU500*
150
500
500
355
483
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF580
E800DU800
250
800
500
3/10
ABB SACE
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
TC
KORC
No. of
turns of
the CT
primary
coil
Thermal release
Group
Type
I max
Current
setting
min max
[kW]
[A]
0.37
0.6
T2L160 MF1
13
[A]
A9
TA25DU0.63
0.4 0.63
[A]
[A]
[A]
0.55
0.9
T2L160 MF1
13
A9
TA25DU1
0.63
0.75
1.1
T2L160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4
1.4
1.4
1.1
1.6
T2L160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8
1.3
1.8
1.6
1.5
T2L160 MF2.5
33
A9
TA25DU2.4
1.7
2.4
2.4
2.2
2.9
T2L160 MF3.2
42
A9
TA25DU3.1 *
2.2
3.1
3.1
3.8
T2L160 MF4
52
A9
TA25DU4 *
2.8
T2L160 MF5
65
A9
TA25DU5 *
3.5
5.5
6.5
T2L160 MF6.5
84
A9
TA25DU6.5 *
4.5
6.5
6.5
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
150
A95
4L185R/4
13**
TA25DU2.4
8.5
8.5
7.5
8.8
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
150
A95
4L185R/4
10**
TA25DU2.4
7.9 11.1
11.1
11
13
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
200
A95
4L185R/4
7**
TA25DU2.4
11.2 15.9
15.9
15
18
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
250
A95
4L185R/4
7**
TA25DU3.1
15.2 20.5
20.5
18.5
21
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
300
A95
4L185R/4
TA25DU3.1
17.7 23.9
23.9
22
25
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
350
A95
4L185R/4
TA25DU4
21.6 30.8
30.8
30
33
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
450
A145
4L185R/4
TA25DU5
27 38.5
38.5
37
41
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
550
A145
4L185R/4
TA25DU4
32.4 46.3
46.3
45
49
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
700
A145
4L185R/4
TA25DU5
40.5 57.8
57.8
55
60
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
800
A145
4L185R/4
TA25DU5
54 77.1
77.1
75
80
T4L250 PR221-I In 160
1120
A145
E200DU200
65
200
120
90
95
T4L250 PR221-I In 160
1280
A145
E200DU200
65
200
120
110
115
T4L250 PR221-I In 250
1625
A145
E200DU200
65
200
120
132
139
T4L250 PR221-I In 250
2000
A185
E200DU200
65
200
170
160
167
T4L250 PR221-I In 250
2250
A185
E200DU200
65
200
170
200
202
T5L400 PR221-I In 320
2720
A210
E320DU320
105 320
210
250
242
T5L400 PR221-I In 400
3400
A300
E320DU320
105 320
280
290
301
T5L630 PR221-I In 630
4410
AF400
E500DU500
150 500
350
315
313
T5L630 PR221-I In 630
4410
AF400
E500DU500
150 500
350
355
370
T5L630 PR221-I In 630
5355
AF580
E500DU500*** 150 500
430
0.63
For further information about the KORC, please see the Brochure KORC 1 GB 00-04 catalogue.
* Type 1 coordination
** Cable cross section= 4 mm2
*** No mounting kit to contactor is available; to use mounting kit provide E800DU
ABB SACE
3/11
Motor protection
DOL @ 400/415 V - 35 kA - Type 2 - Heavy duty

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type**
[A]
Group
No. of
Current
turns of
setting
the CT
primary min max
coil
[A]
[A]
I max
[kW]
[A]
0.37
1.1
T2N160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4*
1.4
1.4
[A]
0.55
1.5
T2N160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8*
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.9
T2N160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4*
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.8
T2N160 MF 3.2
42
A9
TA25DU4*
2.8
3.2
1.5
3.5
T2N160 MF 4
52
A16
TA25DU5*
3.5
2.2
T2N160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU6.5*
4.5
6.5
6.6
T2N160 MF 8.5
110
A26
TA25DU8.5*
8.5
8.5
8.6
T2N160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11*
7.5
11
11
5.5
11.5
T2N160 MF 12.5
163
A30
TA450SU60
10
15
12.5
7.5
15.2
T2N160 MA 20
210
A30
TA450SU60
13
20
20
11
22
T2N160 MA 32
288
A30
TA450SU60
20
30
32
15
28.5
T2N160 MA 52
392
A50
TA450SU80
23
40
40
18.5
36
T2N160 MA 52
469
A50
TA450SU80
23
40
40
22
42
T2N160 MA 52
547
A50
TA450SU60
40
60
50
30
56
T2N160 MA 80
840
A63
TA450SU80
55
80
65
37
68
T2N160 MA 80
960
A95
TA450SU80
55
80
80
45
83
T2N160 MA 100
1200
A110
TA450SU105
70
105
100
55
98
T3N250 MA 160
1440
A145
TA450SU140
95
140
140
75
135
T3N250 MA 200
1800
A185
TA450SU185
130
185
185
90
158
T3N250 MA 200
2400
A210
TA450SU185
130
185
185
110
193
T4N320 PR221-I In320
2720
A260
E320DU320
100
320
220
132
232
T5N400 PR221-I In400
3200
A300
E320DU320
100
320
300
160
282
T5N400 PR221-I In400
4000
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
200
349
T5N630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
250
430
T6N630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF580
E500DU500***
150
500
430
290
520
T6N800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
315
545
T6N800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
355
610
T6N800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
* Provide a by-pass contactor of the same size during motor start-up

** Set trip class 30 on the Type E relays
*** Connection Kit not available. To use the connection kit, replace with relay E800DU800
3/12
ABB SACE
Motor protection
DOL @ 400/415 V - 50 kA - Type 2 - Heavy duty

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type**
[A]
Group
No. of
Current
turns of
setting
the CT
primary min max
coil
[A]
[A]
I max
[kW]
[A]
0.37
1.1
T2S160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4*
1.4
1.4
[A]
0.55
1.5
T2S160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8*
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.9
T2S160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4*
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.8
T2S160 MF 3.2
42
A9
TA25DU4*
2.8
3.2
1.5
3.5
T2S160 MF 4
52
A16
TA25DU5*
3.5
2.2
T2S160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU6.5*
4.5
6.5
6.6
T2S160 MF 8.5
110
A26
TA25DU8.5*
8.5
8.5
8.6
T2S160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11*
7.5
11
11
5.5
11.5
T2S160 MF 12.5
163
A30
TA450SU60
10
15
12.5
7.5
15.2
T2S160 MA 20
210
A30
TA450SU60
13
20
20
11
22
T2S160 MA 32
288
A30
TA450SU60
20
30
32
15
28.5
T2S160 MA 52
392
A50
TA450SU80
23
40
40
18.5
36
T2S160 MA 52
469
A50
TA450SU80
23
40
40
22
42
T2S160 MA 52
547
A50
TA450SU60
40
60
50
30
56
T2S160 MA 80
840
A63
TA450SU80
55
80
65
37
68
T2S160 MA 80
960
A95
TA450SU80
55
80
80
45
83
T2S160 MA 100
1200
A110
TA450SU105
70
105
100
55
98
T3S250 MA 160
1440
A145
TA450SU140
95
140
140
75
135
T3S250 MA 200
1800
A185
TA450SU185
130
185
185
90
158
T3S250 MA 200
2400
A210
TA450SU185
130
185
185
110
193
T4S320 PR221-I In320
2720
A260
E320DU320
100
320
220
132
232
T5S400 PR221-I In400
3200
A300
E320DU320
100
320
300
160
282
T5S400 PR221-I In400
4000
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
200
349
T5S630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
250
430
T6S630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF580
E500DU500***
150
500
430
290
520
T6S800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
315
545
T6S800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
355
610
T6S800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750

ABB SACE
3/13
Motor protection
DOL @ 440 V - 50 kA - Type 2 - Heavy duty

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
[kW]
[A]
0.37
0.55
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type**
[A]
Group
No. of
Current
turns of
setting
the CT
primary min max
coil
[A]
[A]
I max
[A]
T2H160 MF 1
13
A9
TA25DU1.4*
1.4
1.4
T2H160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8*
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.7
T2H160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4*
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.2
T2H160 MF 2.5
33
A9
TA25DU3.1*
2.2
3.1
2.5
1.5
T2H160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4*
2.8
3.2
2.2
4.4
T2H160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU5*
3.5
5.7
T2H160 MF 6.5
84
A26
TA25DU6.5*
4.5
6.5
6.5
7.8
T2H160 MF 8.5
110
A30
TA25DU11*
7.5
11
8.5
5.5
10.5
T2H160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU14*
10
14
11
7.5
13.5
T2H160 MA 20
180
A30
TA450SU60
10
15
15
11
19
T2H160 MA 32
240
A30
TA450SU80
18
27
27
15
26
T2H160 MA 32
336
A50
TA450SU60
20
30
32
18.5
32
T2H160 MA 52
469
A50
TA450SU80
28
40
40
22
38
T2H160 MA 52
547
A50
TA450SU80
28
40
40
30
52
T2H160 MA 80
720
A63
TA450SU60
40
60
60
37
63
T2H160 MA 80
840
A95
TA450SU80
55
80
80
45
75
T2H160 MA 100
1050
A110
TA450SU105
70
105
100
55
90
T4H250 PR221-I In160
1200
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
75
120
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1750
A185
E200DU200
60
200
185
90
147
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2000
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
110
177
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2500
A260
E320DU320
100
320
220
132
212
T5H400 PR221-I In320
3200
A300
E320DU320
100
320
220
160
260
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3600
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
200
320
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4410
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
250
410
T6H630 PR221-I In630
5355
AF580
E500DU500***
150
500
430
290
448
T6H630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF750
E500DU500***
150
500
500
315
500
T6H800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF 750
E800DU800
250
800
750
355
549
T6H800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF 750
E800DU800
250
800
750

3/14
ABB SACE
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
[kW]
[A]
0.37
0.55
1.4
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type**
[A]
Group
No. of
Current
turns of
setting
the CT
primary min max
coil
[A]
[A]
I max
[A]
T2L160 MF 1
13
A9
TA25DU1.4*
1.4
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8*
1.3
1.8
1.6
0.75
1.7
T2L160 MF 2
26
A9
TA25DU2.4*
1.7
2.4
1.1
2.2
T2L160 MF 2.5
33
A9
TA25DU3.1*
2.2
3.1
2.5
1.5
T2L160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4*
2.8
3.2
2.2
4.4
T2L160 MF 5
65
A26
TA25DU5*
3.5
5.7
T2L160 MF 6.5
84
A26
TA25DU6.5*
4.5
6.5
6.5
7.8
T2L160 MF 8.5
110
A30
TA25DU11*
7.5
11
8.5
5.5
10.5
T2L160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU14*
10
14
11
7.5
13.5
T2L160 MA 20
180
A30
TA450SU60
10
15
15
11
19
T2L160 MA 32
240
A30
TA450SU80
18
27
27
15
26
T2L160 MA 32
336
A50
TA450SU60
20
30
32
18.5
32
T2L160 MA 52
469
A50
TA450SU80
28
40
40
22
38
T2L160 MA 52
547
A50
TA450SU80
28
40
40
30
52
T2L160 MA 80
720
A63
TA450SU60
40
60
60
37
63
T2L160 MA 80
840
A95
TA450SU80
55
80
80
45
75
T2L160 MA 100
1050
A110
TA450SU105
70
105
100
55
90
T4H250 PR221-I In160
1200
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
75
120
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1750
A185
E200DU200
60
200
185
90
147
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2000
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
110
177
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2500
A260
E320DU320
100
320
220
132
212
T5H400 PR221-I In320
3200
A300
E320DU320
100
320
220
160
260
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3600
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
200
320
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4410
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
250
410
T6L630 PR221-I In630
5355
AF580
E500DU500***
150
500
430
290
448
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF750
E500DU500***
150
500
500
315
500
T6L800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750
355
549
T6L800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF750
E800DU800
250
800
750

ABB SACE
3/15
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Thermal release
Type
Type**
[A]
Group
No. of
Current
turns of
setting
the CT
primary min max
coil
[A]
[A]
I max
[kW]
[A]
0.37
0.88
T2L160 MF 1
13
A9
TA25DU1.0*
0.63
[A]
1
0.55
1.2
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4*
1.4
1.4
0.75
1.5
T2L160 MF 1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8*
1.3
1.8
1.6
1.1
2.2
T2L160 MF 2.5
33
A9
TA25DU3.1*
2.2
3.1
2.5
1.5
2.8
T2L160 MF 3.2
42
A16
TA25DU4*
2.8
3.2
2.2
T2L160 MF 4
52
A26
TA25DU5*
3.5
5.2
T2L160 MF 6.5
84
A26
TA25DU6.5*
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.9
T2L160 MF 8.5
110
A30
TA25DU8.5*
8.5
8.5
5.5
9.1
T2L160 MF 11
145
A30
TA25DU11*
7.5
11
11
7.5
12.2
T2L160 MF 12.5
163
A30
TA450SU60
10
15
12.5
11
17.5
T2L160 MA 20
240
A30
TA450SU60
13
20
20
15
23
T2L160 MA 32
336
A50
TA450SU60
20
30
30
18.5
29
T2L160 MA 52
392
A50
TA450SU80
27.5
40
40
22
34
T2L160 MA 52
469
A50
TA450SU80
27.5
40
40
30
45
T2L160 MA 52
624
A63
TA450SU60
40
60
52
37
56
T2L160 MA 80
840
A75
TA450SU60
40
60
60
45
67
T2L160 MA 80
960
A95
TA450SU80
55
80
80
55
82
T2L160 MA 100
1200
A145
TA450SU105
70
105
100
75
110
T4H250 PR221-I In160
1440
A145
E200DU200
60
200
145
90
132
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1875
A185
E200DU200
60
200
170
110
158
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2125
A210
E320DU320
100
320
210
132
192
T4H320 PR221-I In320
2720
A260
E320DU320
100
320
220
160
230
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3200
A300
E320DU320
100
320
280
200
279
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3600
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
400
250
335
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4725
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
430
290
394
T6L630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF580
E500DU500***
150
500
430
315
440
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF750
E500DU500***
150
500
500
355
483
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF750
E500DU500***
150
500
500

3/16
ABB SACE
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Rated
Power
Rated
current
Pe
Ie
Type
Contactor
Setting of
the magnetic
release
Type
Thermal release
Type**
Group
No. of
Current
turns of
setting
the CT
primary min max
coil
[A]
[A]
[A]
I max
[kW]
[A]
0.37
0.6
T2L160 MF1
13
A9
TA25DU0.63(X)
0.4
0.55
0.9
T2L160 MF1
13
A9
TA25DU1(X)
0.63
0.75
1.1
T2L160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.4(X)
1.4
1.4
1.1
1.6
T2L160 MF1.6
21
A9
TA25DU1.8(X)
1.3
1.8
1.6
1.5
T2L160 MF2.5
33
A9
TA25DU2.4(X)
1.7
2.4
2.4
2.2
2.9
T2L160 MF3.2
42
A9
TA25DU3.1 *(X)
2.2
3.1
3.1
3.8
T2L160 MF4
52
A9
TA25DU4 *(X)
2.8
T2L160 MF5
65
A9
TA25DU5 *(X)
3.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
(X)
0.63
[A]
0.63
T2L160 MF6.5
84
A9
TA25DU6.5 *
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
150
A95
TA450SU60
7**
5.7
8.6
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
150
A95
TA450SU60
5**
12
12
13
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
200
A95
TA450SU60
4**
10
15
15
5.5
6.5
7.5
8.8
11
15
18
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
250
A95
TA450SU60
3**
13
20
20
18.5
21
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
300
A95
TA450SU80
18
27
27
22
25
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
350
A95
TA450SU60
20
30
30
30
33
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
450
A145
TA450SU80
27.5
40
40
37
41
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
550
A145
TA450SU60
40
60
60
45
49
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
700
A145
TA450SU60
40
60
60
55
60
T4L250 PR221-I In 100
800
A145
TA450SU80
55
80
80
75
80
T4L250 PR221-I In 160
1120
A145
TA450SU105
70
105
105
105
90
95
T4L250 PR221-I In 160
1280
A145
TA450SU105
70
105
110
115
T4L250 PR221-I In 250
1625
A185
TA450SU140
95
140
140
132
139
T4L250 PR221-I In 250
2000
A210
E320DU320
105
320
210
160
167
T4L250 PR221-I In 250
2250
A210
E320DU320
105
320
210
200
202
T5L400 PR221-I In 320
2720
A260
E320DU320
105
320
220
250
242
T5L400 PR221-I In 400
3400
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
350
290
301
T5L630 PR221-I In 630
4410
AF400
E500DU500
150
500
350
315
313
T5L630 PR221-I In 630
4410
AF460
E500DU500
150
500
400
355
370
T5L630 PR221-I In 630
5355
AF580
E500DU500***
150
500
430
* Type 1 coordination
** Cable cross section= 4 mm2
*** No mounting kit to contactor is available; to use mounting kit provide E800DU800
(X) Provide a by-pass contactor of the same size during motor start-up.
ABB SACE
3/17
Motor protection
Star-delta - Type 2
Star-delta - Type 2 @ 400/415 V - 35 kA - 50/60 Hz

Motor
MCCB
Thermal release
Im [A]
delta
type
star
type
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
18.5
36
T2N160 MA52
469
A50
A50
A26
TA75DU25
18-25
22
42
T2N160 MA52
547
A50
A50
A26
TA75DU32
22-32
30
56
T2N160 MA80
720
A63
A63
A30
TA75DU42
29-42
37
68
T2N160 MA80
840
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU52
36-52
45
83
T2N160 MA100
1050
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU63
45-63
Type
Contactor
line
type
type
[A]
55
98
T2N160 MA100
1200
A75
A75
A40
TA75DU63
45-63
75
135
T3N250 MA160
1700
A95
A95
A75
TA110DU90
66-90
90
158
T3N250 MA200
2000
A110
A110
A95
TA110DU110
80-110
110
193
T3N250 MA200
2400
A145
A145
A95
TA200DU135
100-135
132
232
T4N320 PR221-I In320
2880
A145
A145
A110
E200DU200
60-200
160
282
T5N400 PR221-I In400
3600
A185
A185
A145
E200DU200
60-200
200
349
T5N630 PR221-I In630
4410
A210
A210
A185
E320DU320
100-320
250
430
T5N630 PR221-I In630
5670
A260
A260
A210
E320DU320
100-320
290
520
T6N630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
315
545
T6N800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
355
610
T6N800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
Star-delta - Type 2 @ 400/415 V - 50 kA - 50/60 Hz

Motor
MCCB
Thermal release
Im [A]
delta
type
star
type
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
18.5
36
T2S160 MA52
469
A50
A50
A26
TA75DU25
18-25
22
42
T2S160 MA52
547
A50
A50
A26
TA75DU32
22-32
30
56
T2S160 MA80
720
A63
A63
A30
TA75DU42
29-42
37
68
T2S160 MA80
840
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU52
36-52
45
83
T2S160 MA100
1050
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU63
45-63
3/18
Type
Contactor
line
type
type
[A]
55
98
T2S160 MA100
1200
A75
A75
A40
TA75DU63
45-63
75
135
T3S250 MA160
1700
A95
A95
A75
TA110DU90
66-90
90
158
T3S250 MA200
2000
A110
A110
A95
TA110DU110
80-110
110
193
T3S250 MA200
2400
A145
A145
A95
TA200DU135
100-135
132
232
T4S320 PR221-I In320
2880
A145
A145
A110
E200DU200
60-200
160
282
T5S400 PR221-I In400
3600
A185
A185
A145
E200DU200
60-200
200
349
T5S630 PR221-I In630
4410
A210
A210
A185
E320DU320
100-320
250
430
T5S630 PR221-I In630
5670
A260
A260
A210
E320DU320
100-320
290
520
T6S630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
315
545
T6S800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
355
610
T6S800 PR221-I In800
8000
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
ABB SACE
Motor protection
Star-delta - Type 2
Star-delta - Type 2 @ 440 V - 50 kA - 50/60 Hz

Motor
MCCB
Type
Contactor
Thermal release
Im [A]
line
type
delta
type
star
type
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
type
[A]
18.5
32
T2H160 MA52
392
A50
A50
A16
TA75DU25
18-25
22
38
T2H160 MA52
469
A50
A50
A26
TA75DU25
18-25
30
52
T2H160 MA80
720
A63
A63
A26
TA75DU42
29-42
37
63
T2H160 MA80
840
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU42
29-42
45
75
T2H160 MA80
960
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU52
36-52
55
90
T2H160 MA100
1150
A75
A75
A40
TA75DU63
45-63
75
120
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1625
A95
A95
A75
TA80DU80
60-80
90
147
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1875
A95
A95
A75
TA110DU110
80-110
110
177
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2250
A145
A145
A95
E200DU200
60-200
132
212
T4H320 PR221-I In320
2720
A145
A145
A110
E200DU200
60-200
160
260
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3200
A185
A185
A145
E200DU200
60-200
200
320
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4095
A210
A210
A185
E320DU320
100-320
250
410
T5H630 PR221-I In630
5040
A260
A260
A210
E320DU320
100-320
290
448
T6H630 PR221-I In630
5670
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
315
500
T6H630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
355
549
T6H800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
Im [A]
line
type
delta
type
star
type

Motor
MCCB
Thermal release
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
18.5
32
T2L160 MA52
392
A50
A50
A16
TA75DU25
18-25
22
38
T2L160 MA52
469
A50
A50
A26
TA75DU25
18-25
30
52
T2L160 MA80
720
A63
A63
A26
TA75DU42
29-42
37
63
T2L160 MA80
840
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU42
29-42
45
75
T2L160 MA80
960
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU52
36-52
55
90
T2L160 MA100
1150
A75
A75
A40
TA75DU63
45-63
75
120
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1625
A95
A95
A75
TA80DU80
60-80
90
147
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1875
A95
A95
A75
TA110DU110
80-110
110
177
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2250
A145
A145
A95
E200DU200
60-200
132
212
T4H320 PR221-I In320
2720
A145
A145
A110
E200DU200
60-200
160
260
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3200
A185
A185
A145
E200DU200
60-200
200
320
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4095
A210
A210
A185
E320DU320
100-320
250
410
T5H630 PR221-I In630
5040
A260
A260
A210
E320DU320
100-320
290
448
T6H630 PR221-I In630
5670
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
315
500
T6H630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
355
549
T6H800 PR221-I In800
7200
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
ABB SACE
Type
Contactor
type
[A]
3/19
Motor protection
Star-delta - Type 2

Motor
MCCB
Thermal release
Im [A]
delta
type
star
type
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
22
34
T2L160 MA52
430
A50
A50
A16
TA75DU25
18-25
30
45
T2L160 MA52
547
A63
A63
A26
TA75DU32
22-32
37
56
T2L160 MA80
720
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU42
29-42
45
67
T2L160 MA80
840
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU52
36-52
55
82
T2L160 MA100
1050
A75
A75
A30
TA75DU52
36-52
75
110
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1375
A95
A95
A50
TA80DU80
60-80
90
132
T4H250 PR221-I In250
1750
A95
A95
A75
TA110DU90
65-90
110
158
T4H250 PR221-I In250
2000
A110
A110
A95
TA110DU110
80-110
132
192
T4H320 PR221-I In320
2560
A145
A145
A95
E200DU200
60-200
160
230
T4H320 PR221-I In320
2880
A145
A145
A110
E200DU200
60-200
200
279
T5H400 PR221-I In400
3400
A210
A210
A145
E320DU320
100-320
250
335
T5H630 PR221-I In630
4410
A210
A210
A185
E320DU320
100-320
290
394
T5H630 PR221-I In630
5040
A260
A260
A210
E320DU320
100-320
315
440
T6L630 PR221-I In630
5760
AF400
AF400
A210
E500DU500
150-500
355
483
T6L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF400
AF400
A260
E500DU500
150-500
Type
Contactor
line
type
type
[A]

Motor
Pe [kW] Ie [A]
MCCB
Type
Contactor
TC
Thermal release
Im [A]
line
type
delta
type
star
type
KORC
Coils
type
[A]
5.5
6.5*
T4L250 PR221-I In100
150
A95
A95
A26
4L185R/4**
13
TA25DU2.4**
6-8.5
7.5
8.8*
T4L250 PR221-I In100
150
A95
A95
A26
4L185R/4**
10
TA25DU2.4**
7.9-11.1
11
13*
T4L250 PR221-I In100
200
A95
A95
A26
4L185R/4**
TA25DU2.4**
11.2-15.9
15
18*
T4L250 PR221-I In100
250
A95
A95
A26
4L185R/4**
TA25DU3.1**
15.2-20.5
18.5
21
T4L250 PR221-I In100
300
A95
A95
A30
4L185R/4**
TA25DU3.1**
17.7-23.9
22
25
T4L250 PR221-I In100
350
A95
A95
A30
4L185R/4**
TA25DU4**
21.6-30.8
30
33
T4L250 PR221-I In100
450
A145
A145
A30
4L185R/4**
TA25DU5**
27-38.5
37
41
T4L250 PR221-I In100
550
A145
A145
A30
TA75DU52**
36-52
45
49
T4L250 PR221-I In100
650
A145
A145
A30
TA75DU52**
36-52
55
60
T4L250 PR221-I In100
800
A145
A145
A40
TA75DU52**
36-52
75
80
T4L250 PR221-I In160
1120
A145
A145
A50
TA75DU52
36-52
45-63
90
95
T4L250 PR221-I In160
1280
A145
A145
A75
TA75DU63
110
115
T4L250 PR221-I In160
1600
A145
A145
A75
TA75DU80
132
139
T4L250 PR221-I In250
1875
A145
A145
A95
TA200DU110
160
167
T4L250 PR221-I In250
2125
A145
A145
A110
TA200DU110
80-110
200
202
T4L320 PR221-I In320
2720
A185
A185
A110
TA200DU135
100-135
250
242
T5L400 PR221-I In400
3200
AF400
AF400
A145
E500DU500
150-500
290
301
T5L400 PR221-I In400
4000
AF400
AF400
A145
E500DU500
150-500
315
313
T5L630 PR221-I In630
4410
AF400
AF400
A185
E500DU500
150-500
355
370
T5L630 PR221-I In630
5040
AF400
AF400
A210
E500DU500
150-500
400
420
T5L630 PR221-I In630
5670
AF460
AF460
A210
E500DU500
150-500
450
470
T5L630 PR221-I In630
6300
AF460
AF460
A260
E500DU500
150-500
60-80
80-110
For further information about the KORC, please see the Brochure KORC 1 GB 00-04 catalogue.
* Cable cross section = 4 mm2
** Connect the overload/relay upstream the line-delta mode.
3/20
ABB SACE
Motor protection
DOL @ 400/415 V - 35 kA - Type 2 - Start-up with MP release

Motor
MCCB
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
30
56
37
68
45
55
Type
Contactor
Group
I1* [A]
I3 [A]
type
I max [A]
T4N250 PR222MP In100
40-100
600
A95
95
40-100
700
A95
95
83
40-100
800
A95
95
98
64-160
960
A145
145
75
135
64-160
1280
A145
145
90
158
80-200
1600
A185
185
110
193
128-320
1920
A210
210
132
232
128-320
2240
A260
260
160
282
128-320
2560
AF400**
320
200
349
160-400
3200
AF400
400
250
430
252-630
5040
AF460
460
290
520
252-630
5670
AF580
580
315
545
252-630
5670
AF580
580
355
610
252-630
5670
AF750
630
Contactor
Group
* For heavy-duty start set the electronic release tripping class to class 30
** In case of normal start use AF300
DOL @ 400/415 V - 50 kA - Type 2 - Start-up with MP release

Motor
MCCB
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
30
56
37
68
45
Type
I1* [A]
I3 [A]
type
I max [A]
T4S250 PR222MP In100
40-100
600
A95
95
40-100
700
A95
95
83
40-100
800
A95
95
55
98
64-160
960
A145
145
75
135
64-160
1280
A145
145
90
158
80-200
1600
A185
185
110
193
128-320
1920
A210
210
132
232
128-320
2240
A260
260
160
282
128-320
2560
AF400**
320
200
349
160-400
3200
AF400
400
250
430
252-630
5040
AF460
460
290
520
252-630
5670
AF580
580
315
545
252-630
5670
AF580
580
355
610
252-630
5670
AF750
630
ABB SACE
3/21
Motor protection
DOL @ 440 V - 50 kA - Type 2 - Start-up with MP release

Motor
MCCB
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
30
52
37
63
45
Type
Contactor
Group
I1* [A]
I3 [A]
type
I max [A]
T4H250 PR222MP In100
40-100
600
A95
93
40-100
700
A95
93
75
40-100
800
A95
93
55
90
64-160
960
A145
145
75
120
64-160
1120
A145
145
90
147
80-200
1400
A185
185
110
177
128-320
1920
A210
210
132
212
128-320
2240
A260
240
160
260
128-320
2560
AF400**
320
200
320
160-400
3200
AF400
400
250
370
252-630
4410
AF460
460
290
436
252-630
5040
AF460
460
315
500
252-630
5040
AF580
580
355
549
252-630
5670
AF580
580
Contactor
Group

Motor
MCCB
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
30
45
37
56
45
67
Type
I1* [A]
I3 [A]
type
I max [A]
40-100
600
A95
80
40-100
600
A95
80
40-100
700
A145
100
55
82
40-100
800
A145
100
75
110
64-160
1120
A145
145
90
132
64-160
1280
A145
145
110
158
80-200
1600
A185
170
132
192
128-320
1920
A210
210
160
230
128-320
2240
A260
260
200
279
160-400
2800
AF400**
400
250
335
160-400
3200
AF400
400
290
395
252-630
5040
AF460
460
315
415
252-630
5040
AF460
460
355
451
252-630
5670
AF580
580
3/22
ABB SACE
Motor protection

Motor
MCCB
Pe [kW]
Ie [A]
45
49
55
60
75
90
Type
Contactor
Group
I1* [A]
I3 [A]
type
I max [A]
T4L250 PR222MP In100
40-100
600
A145
100
40-100
600
A145
100
80
40-100
800
A145
100
95
64-160
960
A145
120
110
115
64-160
1120
A145
120
132
139
64-160
1440
A185
160
160
167
80-200
1600
A185
170
200
202
128-320
1920
A210
210
250
242
128-320
2240
A300
280
290
301
160-400
2800
AF400
350
315
313
160-400
3200
AF400
350
ABB SACE
3/23
Coordination
tables
Introduzione
Notes for use ............................................................................................................. 4/2

MCCB - MCS ............................................................................................................ 4/4
MCCB - OT/OETL ..................................................................................................... 4/5
ABB SACE
4/1
Notes for use
The following tables give the coordination between circuit-breakers and switchdisconnectors of the following series: Tmax, Isomax, OT and OTEL.
The tables give the value of the maximum short-circuit current in kA for which protection
between the combination of circuit-breaker - switch-disconnector is verified, for voltages
up to 415 V.
The MCCB-OT-OETL tables are also valid at a voltage of 440 V. It is important to check
that the breaking capacities at 440 V (present in the technical catalogues of the circuitbreakers) are compatible with the installation data.
With regard to the switch-disconnectors of the Emax series, on the other hand, it must
be checked that the short-circuit current value at the point of installation is lower than
the value of the short-time withstand current (Icw) of the switch-disconnector and that
the peak current value is lower than the making capacity current value (Icm).
The protection against overload of the Emax switch-disconnector must also be checked.
This can be carried out by means of an Emax series circuit-breaker of the same size.
Please consult the Emax Low Voltage air circuit-breakers technical catalogue for the
characteristics of Emax switch-disconnectors.
4/2
ABB SACE
Notes for use
Note
The letter T indicates the switch-disconnector protection up to the breaking-capacity
of the circuit-breaker.
The following tables give the breaking capacities at 415 V AC for Isomax and Tmax
circuit-breakers.
Isomax @ 415 V AC
Tmax @ 415 V AC
Version
Icu [kA]
Version
Icu [kA]
16
50
25
65
36
100
50
70
L (T2)
L (T4, T5)
85
120
L (T6)
100
200
Caption
MCS =
MCCB =
SD
=
OT
=
OETL =
Ith
=
Icw
=
switch-disconnectors derived from the moulded-case circuit-breakers (Tmax TD, Isomax SD)
moulded-case circuit-breakers (Tmax, Isomax)
switch-disconnectors
OT series switch-disconnectors
OETL series switch-disconnectors
traditional thermal current at 40 C in free air
short-time withstand current r.m.s. for 1 second

TMD (Tmax)
TMA (Tmax)
MF (Tmax)
MA (Tmax)
Caption of symbols
MCB
Tmax
Isomax
Emax
or contact ABB SACE
ABB SACE
4/3
Load side switch-disconnectors: MCS
MCCB - MCS @ 415 V
Supply s. Version
Load s.
T1D
T3D
T4D
T5D
T6D
S7D
Icw [kA]
3.6
3.6
15
25
160
250
320
400
630
630
800
1000
1250
1600
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Ith[A]
Icu [kA]
Iu[A]
T1
T2
T3
T4
4
T5
T6
S7
16
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
36
36*
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
50
70
120
200
N
S
H
70
120
200
35
50
70
100
160
160
250
250
320
50*
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
70*
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
120*
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
200*
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
36
36*
36
36
36
36
36
36
50
50*
50
50
50
50
50
50
70*
70
70
70
70
70
70
120*
120
120
120
120
120
120
200*
200
200
200
200
200
200
35*
35*
35
35
35
50*
50*
50
50
50
70*
70*
70
70
70
100*
100*
100
100
100
50*
50*
50
65*
65*
65
100*
100*
100
50
65
100
400
630
630
800
1000
1250
1600
* Value valid only with I1 (MCCB) Ith (MCS).
4/4
ABB SACE
Load side switch-disconnectors: OT/OETL
MCCB - OT/OETL @ 415 V
Supply s. Release
T1
TM
Load s.
OT16
OT25
OT32
OT45
OT63
OT80
Icw[kA]
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
8 - 15
17 - 50
25
32
40
63
80
100
115
125
200
200-400
630 - 1600
16
20
20
20
20
20
25
18
18
32
18
18
40
4**
18
18
18
18
4**
18
18
6**
16
16
16**
In [A]
Ith [A]
50
4**
63
80
100
TM
16
160
16**
T**
16
20
20
20
50
20
14
14
14
36
25
12
12
12
25
70
70
32
12
12
12
25
70
70
40
12**
10
10
20
36
36
10**
10
20
36
36
10**
20
36
36
50
80
7**
16
16
50
50
16
50
50
125
16
50
50
160
16**
50**
50
T
T
25
10
10
10
16
50
50
63
8*
8*
8*
12
30
30
8*
8*
6*
16*
16
50
50
6*
16*
16*
50*
50
25
25
24
24
8**
21
21
8**
20
20
40
18
36
18**
36
36
100
63
3,5**
80
5**
100
TM
16**
160
T3
125
160
18**
200
250
20
32
6**
50
T4
TM
80
100
20
12
40
40
6**
12
40
40
8**
16
16
50
50
10
19
20
100
100
10**
19
20
100
100
20**
100
100
20*
100*
100*
10**
160
250
EL
OT200-400 OETL630-1600
16
100
EL
OT160
125
63
T2
OT100 OT125
100-320
10*
10*
19*
Select the lowest value between the Icu of the circuit-breaker and the value indicated
* Maximum setting of the overload threshold PR2xx = 1.28*Ith OTxx/OETLxx
** I1 = 0.7 x I
ABB SACE
4/5
Load side circuit-breaker: OT/OETL
MCCB - OT/OETL @ 415 V
Load s.
OT
200
OT
250
OT
315
OT
400
OETL
630
OETL
800
OETL
1000
OETL
1250
OETL
1600
Icw[kA]
15
15
17
17
50
50
50
200
250
315
400
630
800
1000
1250
1600
Ith [A]
Supply s. Release Iu [A]
TM
T5
T6
EL
TM
EL
320
50
50
100
100
400
50**
50
100
100
320-630
50*
50*
100*
100
25
30
70
70
28**
60**
60
630
800
630-800-1000
22*
22*
28*
1000
S7
EL
1250
1600
20*
60
60
30*
30
50
50
50
30*
30*
50
50
50
30*
30*
50*
50*
50
Select the lowest value between the Icu of the circuit-breaker and the value indicated
* Maximum setting of the overload threshold PR2xx = 1.28*Ith OTxx/OETLxx
** I1 = 0.7 x I
4/6
ABB SACE
Coordination tables
ABB SACE S.p.A

L.V. Breakers
Via Baioni, 35
Tel.: +39 035.395.111 - Telefax: +39 035.395.306-433
http://www.abb.com
Coordination tables

ABB SACE.
1SDC007004D0204 - 12/2004
Printed in Italy
Tipografia
1SDC007004D0204
Coordination tables
Coordination tables
with
Tmax and S200 Compact
Coordination tables with Tmax and S200 Compact

Index
Back-up ....................................................................................................................1/1
Discrimination ...........................................................................................................2/1
ABB SACE
Coordination
tables
Introduzione
Back-up
Notes for use ............................................................................................................. 1/3

MCB - MCB (240 V) .................................................................................................. 1/4
MCCB - MCB (240 V) ................................................................................................ 1/5
MCB - MCB (415 V) .................................................................................................. 1/6
MCCB - MCB (415 V) ................................................................................................ 1/7
ABB SACE
1/1
1/2
ABB SACE
Back-up
Notes for use
Back-up protection
to the IEC 60947-2 Standard) for which the back-up protection among the combination
of selected circuit-breakers is verified. The tables cover the possible combinations
those between the above-mentioned circuit-breakers and the ABB series of modular
circuit-breakers.
The values indicated in the tables refer to the voltage:
Vn of 230/240 V AC for coordination with modular S9 circuit-breakers
Note
The following tables give the breaking capacities at 415 V AC for circuit-breakers SACE
Isomax and Tmax.
Isomax @ 415 V AC
Tmax @ 415 V AC
Version
Icu [kA]
Version
Icu [kA]
16
35*
25
50
36
65
100
50
70
L (T2)
L (T4, T5)
V
85
120
200
* Versions certified at 36 kA
Caption
TMD (Tmax)
TMA (Tmax)
T adjustable M adjustable (Isomax)
MF (Tmax)
MA (Tmax)

Caption of symbols
MCB
Tmax
Isomax
Emax
or contact ABB SACE
ABB SACE
1/3
Back-up
MCB - MCB @ 240 V (Two-pole circuit-breakers)
Supply s.
Char.
Load s.
Icu [kA]
C
S200
S200M
S 280
S 290
B-C
B-C
B-C
B-C
B-C
B-C
20
0.5..63
20
25
0.5..63
25
40
0.5..25
40
25
32..63
25
20
80, 100
15
25
80..125
15
100
6..63
100
4,5
2..40
10
6..40
10
In [A]
S931 N
S 200L
S200P
S 500
S941 N
B,C
2..40
10
20
25
40
25
15
15
100
S951 N
B,C
10
2..40
10
20
25
40
25
15
15
100
S971 N
B,C
10
2..40
10
20
25
40
25
15
15
100
S200L
10
6..40
20
25
40
25
15
15
100
S200
B,C,K,Z
20
0.5..63
25
40
25
S200M
B,C,D
25
0.5..63
B, C,
40
0.5..25
100
D, K, Z
25
32..63
100
B,C
20
80, 100
S200P
S280
S290
C,D
25
80..125
S500
B,C,D
100
6..63
1/4
40
100
100
ABB SACE
Back-up
MCCB @ 415 V - MCB @ 240 V
Load s.
Char.
S931 N
S941 N
B,C
S951 N
B,C
S971 N
B,C
In [A]
2..25
32, 40
2..25
32, 40
2..25
32, 40
2..25
32, 40
Supply s.*
T1
T1
Version
Icu [kA]
16
25
36
50
70
85
4,5
6
T1
T2
16
16
16
20
10
10
10
16
16
16
16
20
10
10
10
16
10
16
16
16
10
16
16
16
25
16
25
16
T3
10
10
16
16
T2
20
16
20
16
25
16
25
16
T3
10
10
16
16
T2
T2
20
20
16
16
20
20
16
16
25
25
16
16
25
25
16
16
* Supply side circuit-breaker 4P (load side circuit branched between one phase and the neutral)
ABB SACE
1/5
Back-up
MCB - MCB @ 415 V
Supply s.
Char.
Load s.
Icu [kA]
In [A]
S200L
6..40
S200
B,C,K,Z
10
0.5..63
S200M
B,C,D
15
0.5..63
B, C,
25
0.5..25
D, K, Z
15
32..63
B,C
80, 100
S290
C,D
15
80..125
S500
B,C,D
50
6..63
S200P
S280
1/6
S 200L
S200
S200M
S 280
S 290
S 500
B-C
B-C
B-C
S200P
B-C
B-C
B-C
6
6..40
10
0.5..63
10
15
0.5..63
15
25
0.5..25
25
15
32..63
15
6
80, 100
15
80..125
15
50
6..63
50
15
25
15
15
50
25
50
50
ABB SACE
Back-up
MCCB - MCB @ 415 V
Load s.
Char.
S200L
S200
B,C,K,Z
S200M
B,C,D
S200P
B, C,
D, K, Z
In [A]
6..10
13..40
0.5..10
13..63
0.5..10
13..63
0.5..10
13..25
Supply s.
T1
T1
T2
T4
Version
T1
Icu [kA]
16
25
36
50
70
85
120
200
16
25
30
T2
36
10
16
25
30
36
15
16
25
30
36
25
T3
36
16
36
16
36
25
T4
36
T2
36
36
36
36
50
T3
40
16
40
16
40
25
T4
T2
T4
T4
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
70
60
40
85
60
30
36
36
36
50
40
40
70
40
85
40
40
30
36
30
36
50
30
40
60
40
60
40
40
40
32..63
15
16
25
30
36
25
36
50
25
40
60
40
60
40
S280
B,C
80, 100
16
16
16
36
16
30
36
16
30
36
30
36
30
30
S290
C,D
80..125
15
16
25
30
36
30
30
50
30
30
70
30
85
30
30
S500
B,C,D
6..63
50
70
70
85
120
200
ABB SACE
1/7
Coordination
tables
Introduzione
Discrimination
Notes for use ............................................................................................................. 2/2

MCB - MCB (240 V) .................................................................................................. 2/4
MCCB - MCB (240 V) ................................................................................................ 2/6
MCB - MCB (415 V)
MCB - S200L ....................................................................................................... 2/8
MCB - S200 ......................................................................................................... 2/9
MCB - S200M .................................................................................................... 2/11
MCB - S200P ..................................................................................................... 2/12
MCB - S500 ....................................................................................................... 2/14
MCCB - MCB
T1 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/15
T2 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/22
T3 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/29
T4 - MCB ........................................................................................................... 2/36
ABB SACE
2/1
Discrimination
Notes for use
Selective protection
to the IEC 60947-2 Standard) for which the selective protection is verified among the
combination of selected circuit-breakers. The tables cover the possible combinations
the ABB series of miniature circuit-breakers.
The values in the table represent the maximum value obtainable of discrimination
between supply side circuit-breaker and load side circuit-breaker referring to the voltage:
Vn of 230/240 V AC for the S9 circuit-breakers and Vn of 400/415 V AC for the supply
side circuit-breakers in the coordination between MCB with the modular S9 circuitbreakers.
These values are obtained following particular specifications which, when not respected,
could give discrimination values which are in some cases much lower than what is
indicated. Some of these are generally valid and are given below, others referring
exclusively to particular types of circuit-breakers will be the subject of a note under the
relative table.
General prescriptions
Function I of the electronic releases of the supply side circuit-breakers must be
excluded (I3 in OFF);
The magnetic trip of thermomagnetic (TM) or magnetic only (M) circuit-breakers placed
on the supply side must be * 10 x In and regulated to the maximum threshold;
It is of prime importance to check that the settings made by the user for the electronic
and thermomagnetic relays of circuit-breakers placed both on the load and supply
side do not create intersections on the time-current curves.
2/2
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Notes for use
Note
The letter T indicates total discrimination for the selected combination; the corresponding
value in kA is obtained by considering the lowest between the breaking capacities (Icu)
of the circuit-breaker on the load side and the circuit-breaker on the supply side.
The following tables give the breaking capacities at 415 V AC for SACE Isomax
and Tmax circuit-breakers.
Isomax @ 415 V AC
Tmax @ 415 V AC
Version
Icu [kA]
Version
Icu [kA]
35*
16
25
50
36
65
50
100
70
L (T2)
L (T4, T5)
V
85
120
200
* Versions certified at 36 kA
cu
Caption
ACB = air circuit-breakers (Emax)
TMD (Tmax)
TMA (Tmax)
T adjustable M adjustable (Isomax)
MF (Tmax)
MA (Tmax)
PR121/P - PR122/P - PR123/P (Emax)

Caption of symbols
MCB
Tmax
Isomax
Emax
or contact ABB SACE
ABB SACE
2/3
Discrimination
MCB - S9 @ 230/240 V
Supply s.**
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.*
S931N
S941N
S951N
S971N
B-C
B-C
B-C
B-C
S500
4.5
10
10
15
50
In [A]
80
100
125
80
100
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.075
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.06
10
16
2.5
3.5
3.5
0.3
20
1.5
2.5
2.5
0.3
25
0.5
0.5
1.5
0.3
32
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
40
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.1
0.15
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.4
4.5
5.5
0.2
0.25
0.3
10
4.5
0.15
0.2
0.25
16
2.5
3.5
3.5
4.5
0.3
0.3
20
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.5
0.3
25
0.5
0.5
1.5
0.3
32
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
40
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
7.5
4.5
5.5
10
4.5
16
2.5
3.5
3.5
20
1.5
2.5
2.5
25
0.5
0.5
1.5
32
0.5
0.5
40
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.25
4.5
0.3
4.5
0.3
0.3
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
7.5
4.5
5.5
10
4.5
16
2.5
3.5
20
1.5
25
0.5
32
40
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.15
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.25
3.5
4.5
0.3
2.5
2.5
4.5
0.3
0.5
1.5
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.3
* Load side circuit-breaker 1P+N (230/240 V)

** For networks with 230/240 V AC -> two-pole circuit-breaker (phase + neutral)
for networks at 400/415 V AC -> four-pole circuit-breaker (load side circuit branched between one phase and the neutral)
2/4
ABB SACE
S500
S500
50
50
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
0.1
0.2
0.34
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.24
0.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
3.5
0.1
0.2
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.5
0.15
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.2
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.1
0.4
0.48
0.34
0.4
0.48
2.5
3.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
0.5
0.5
0.34
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.24
0.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
3.5
0.2
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.5
5.5
0.15
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.2
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
4.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
5.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
3.5
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.34
0.15
0.1
1.5
0.5
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
4.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
5.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
3.5
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.1
0.5
0.26
0.2
2.5
1.5
0.2
0.15
0.5
1
0.5
0.26
0.34
0.24
0.5
0.5
0.58
0.2
3.5
0.5
5.5
0.35
0.24
0.5
2.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
0.58
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.85
0.2
0.32
0.5
0.2
0.26
0.4
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.7
0.15
0.24
0.35
0.2
0.34
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.32
0.35
0.5
0.5
4.5
0.15
0.26
0.4
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.24
0.3
0.5
0.5
1.5
3.5
5.5
0.2
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.53
3.5
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.26
0.34
0.4
0.48
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.53
0.15
ABB SACE
0.35
0.53
0.15
0.1
0.34
0.26
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.26
0.35
3.5
0.5
5.5
0.35
0.5
2.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
2/5
Discrimination
MCCB @ 415 V 4p - S9 @ 240 V
Load s.
S931N
S941N
S951N
S971N
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TMD
Iu [A]
160
TMD, MA
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
16
20
25
32
40
)4
3*
3*
3*
3*
3*
10
16
4.5
20
100 125 160** 160
50
25
32
40
B-C
)4
B-C
B-C
10
4.5
3*
4.5
B-C
16
4.5
3*
4.5
3*
3*
3*
B-C
20
B-C
25
B-C
32
B-C
40
B-C
)4
B-C
B-C
10
4.5
7.5
8.5
3*
4.5
B-C
16
4.5
7.5
3*
4.5
3*
3*
7.5
3*
7.5
B-C
10
20
B-C
25
B-C
32
B-C
40
B-C
)4
B-C
12
B-C
10
4.5
7.5
8.5
3*
4.5
B-C
16
4.5
7.5
3*
4.5
3*
3*
7.5
3*
7.5
B-C
10
20
B-C
25
B-C
32
B-C
40
Supply side circuit-breaker 4P (load side circuit branched between one phase and the neutral)
Load side circuit-breaker 1P+N (230/240 V)
* Value valid only for magnetic only supply side circuit-breaker
** Neutral 50%
2/6
ABB SACE
T2
T3
N,S,H,L
N,S
EL
TMD, MA
160
250
63
80
100 125** 125 160** 160
T*
10
25
63
100
T*
7.5
8.5
160 63
80
100 125** 125 160** 160 200** 200 250** 250
T*
T*
7.5
8.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
6*
7.5
7.5
8.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
6*
7.5
ABB SACE
7.5
6*
7.5
7.5
8.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
6*
7.5
2/7
Discrimination
MCB - S200L @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
S200L
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
63
6..8
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
13
4.5
1.5
16
4.5
20
3.5
25
3.5
32
3
2.5
5
4.5
40
2/8
ABB SACE
Discrimination
MCB - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
C
10
B-C
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
)2
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
13
4.5
1.5
16
4.5
20
3.5
25
3.5
32
63
3
2.5
5
4.5
40
50
S200
63
10
)2
1.5
5.5
5.5
1.5
10
1.5
13
1.5
1.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
ABB SACE
2/9
Discrimination
MCB - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
2
K
10
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
)2
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
1.5
10
16
20
25
63
3
2
5
4
32
40
50
63
S200
10
)2
1.5
5.5
5.5
1.5
10
1.5
16
4.5
1.5
20
3.5
1.5
2.5
25
3.5
2.5
32
4.5
40
4.5
50
63
2/10
ABB SACE
Discrimination
MCB - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
C
15
B-C
S500
15
50
In [A]
80
100
32
40
50
)2
10.5
1.5
5.5
10.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
13
4.5
1.5
16
4.5
20
3.5
25
3.5
32
63
3
2.5
5
4.5
40
50
63
S200M
15
)2
10.5
1.5
5.5
10.5
1.5
5.5
10
1.5
16
1.5
20
25
32
40
50
63
15
)2
10.5
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
1.5
10.5
10
16
20
25
3
2
5
4
32
40
50
63
ABB SACE
2/11
Discrimination
MCB - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
C
25
B-C
15
S200P
25
D
15
2/12
In [A]
)2
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
)2
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
S500
15
50
80
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
4.5
4.5
3.5
3.5
100
T
T
T
T
T
8
7
7
5
5
4.5
32
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
1
40
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
1.5
50
T
15
6
3
3
2
2
2
63
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
3
3
2.5
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
3
3
3
T
T
T
T
T
8
5
5
5
4
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
1
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
T
15
6
3
3
2
1.5
1.5
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
2
2
2
ABB SACE
Discrimination
MCB - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
Icu [kA]
Load s.
25
K
15
S200P
25
Z
15
ABB SACE
In [A]
)2
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
)2
3
4
6
8
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
S500
15
50
80
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
3
3
3
100
T
T
T
T
T
8
5
5
5
4
32
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
40
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
50
T
15
6
3
3
2
1.5
63
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
2
2
T
T
T
10.5
10.5
5
4.5
3.5
3.5
3
3
T
T
T
T
T
8
7
5
5
4.5
4.5
3
T
3
2
1.5
1.5
1
1
T
6
3
2
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
T
15
6
3
3
2
2
2
2
T
15
15
5.5
5.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
2
2/13
Discrimination
MCB - S500 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
S290
Char.
D
Icu [kA]
Load s.
B-C-D
50
15
In [A]
80
100
10
10
10
13
10
16
10
20
7.5
25
4.5
32
40
50
63
S500
50
)5.8
5.3..8
10
7.3..11
7.5
10..15
4.5
10
14..20
4.5
18..26
30
6
4.5
23..32
29..37
34..41
38..45
2/14
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200L @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
8
10
13
S200L
16
20
25
32
40
ABB SACE
2/15
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
)2
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.5
7.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8
10
10
B-C
13
16
20
25
32
40
7.5
50
63
S200
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
13
16
4.5
6.5
2.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
10
10
20
25
32
40
50
63
2/16
)2
160
9.5
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
)2
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
3.5
5.5
6.5
3.5
5.5
9.5
4.5
9.5
9.5
8
10
K
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
S200
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
10
Z
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
ABB SACE
9.5
)2
7.5
2/17
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
)2
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
4.5
7.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
4.5
7.5
12
10
10
7.5
12
8
10
15
B-C
13
16
20
25
32
40
7.5
50
12
7.5
10.5
63
10.5
)2
T
T
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
8.5
13.5
4.5
6.5
11
2.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
8
S200M
15
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
T
T
T
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
8.5
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
3.5
5.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
10
15
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
2/18
9.5
)2
8
K
160
4.5
9.5
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
)2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
4.5
7.5
8.5
17*
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
20*
4.5
7.5
12
20*
10
15
10
15
7.5
12
8
10
13
16
B-C
20
25
32
15
40
7.5
50
12
7.5
10.5
63
S200P
25
D
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
17*
8.5
17*
13
13.5
16
13.5
4.5
6.5
11
2.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
8
10
25
32
40
50
63
10.5
)2
20
15
160
9.5
ABB SACE
2/19
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
)2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
17*
8
10
8.5
17*
13
7.5
10
13.5
16
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
3.5
5.5
9.5
4.5
9.5
9.5
20
25
32
15
40
50
63
S200P
25
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
17*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
12
17*
4.5
8.5
17*
4.5
7.5
12
20*
10
15
10
15
7.5
12
8
16
20
25
32
15
9.5
)2
10
160
40
50
63
7.5
12
7.5
10.5
10.5
2/20
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T1 - S500 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
Supply s.
T1
Version
B,C,N
Release
TM
Iu [A]
160
In [A]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
15
20*
25*
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
20*
25*
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25*
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25*
4.5
7.5
10
15
25*
10
15
20*
7.5
10
20*
10
20*
10
13
16
B-C-D
50
20
25
32
40
50
160
15
63
S500
50
)5.8
36
36
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
4.5
7.5
10
15
10
15
20*
7.5
10
20*
10
20*
15
10..15
14..20
18..26
30
T
T
5.3..8
7.3..11
23..32
29..37
34..41
38..45
ABB SACE
2/21
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200L @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
S200L
Char.
Icu [kA]
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
25
63
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
4.5
13
3*
4.5
16
3*
4.5
20
3*
25
3*
32
3*
5.5*
40
100 125 160
10
100 160
2/22
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
10
B-C
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
)2
10
100 160
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
4.5
7.5
8.5
13
3*
4.5
7.5
7.5
16
3*
4.5
7.5
20
3*
25
3*
32
3*
7.5
40
5.5*
7.5
50
3*
5*
7.5
63
S200
100 125 160
5*
)2
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
8.5
13
2*
16
2*
20
2*
4.5
6.5
2*
2.5
25
9.5
32
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
3*
9.5
9.5
ABB SACE
2/23
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
K
10
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
)2
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
8.5
16
2*
4.5
7.5
20
2*
3.5
5.5
6.5
2*
3.5
5.5
9.5
32
4.5
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
10
100 160
25
S200
100 125 160
3*
9.5
9.5
)2
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
4.5
8.5
16
3*
4.5
7.5
20
3*
25
3*
32
3*
7.5
40
5.5*
7.5
50
4*
5*
7.5
63
5*
2/24
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
15
B-C
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
)2
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
13
3*
15
7.5
8.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
16
3*
4.5
7.5
12
20
3*
10
25
3*
10
32
3*
7.5
12
40
5.5*
7.5
12
50
3*
5*
7.5 10.5
5*
10.5
10.5
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
12
10
3*
8.5
16
2*
13.5
20
2*
4.5
6.5
11
2*
2.5
9.5
32
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
15
10.5 10.5
)2
25
100 160
4.5
63
S200M
100 125 160
3*
9.5
9.5
)2
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
12
10
3*
8.5
16
2*
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
2*
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
2*
3.5
5.5
9.5
25
32
4.5
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
3*
9.5
9.5
ABB SACE
2/25
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
B-C
15
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
)2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
10
3*
13
3*
25
D
15
17
17
5.5 10.5
15
17
4.5
7.5
8.5
17
4.5
7.5
7.5
12
20
16
3*
4.5
7.5
12
20
20
3*
10
15
25
3*
10
15
32
3*
7.5
12
40
5.5*
7.5
12
50
3*
5*
7.5 10.5
5*
10.5 10.5
10.5
10.5
)2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
10
3*
13
2*
16
2*
20
2*
2*
2.5
25
15
100 160
15
63
S200P
100 125 160
15
17
15
17
12
17
8.5
17
13.5
13.5
4.5
6.5
11
9.5
32
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
3*
9.5
9.5
2/26
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
10
25
63
)2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
12
17
10
3*
8.5
17
13
2*
7.5
10
13.5
16
2*
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
2*
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
2*
3.5
25
15
25
Z
15
100 160
5.5
9.5
32
4.5
9.5
40
3*
50
2*
3*
9.5
9.5
9.5
63
S200P
100 125 160
3*
9.5
9.5
)2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
5.5*
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
15
17
10
3*
4.5
8.5
17
16
3*
4.5
7.5
12
20
20
3*
10
15
25
3*
10
15
32
3*
7.5
12
40
5.5*
7.5
12
50
4*
5*
7.5 10.5
10.5 10.5
5*
10.5
10.5
63
ABB SACE
2/27
Discrimination
Tmax T2 - S290 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
S290
Char.
C-D-K
Icu [kA]
15
160
In [A]
160
160
80
100
125
2
Tmax T2 - S500 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T2
Version
N,S,H,L
Release
TM,M
EL
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
B-C-D
Icu [kA]
50
160
In [A]
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
80
100 125 160
25
63
100 160
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
63
15
20
25
36
36
36
36
10
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
20
25
36
36
36
36
36
13
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
36
36
16
4.5*
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
36
20
4.5*
4.5
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
36
25
4.5*
32
4.5*
50
K
30
36
10
15
20
36
36
36
36
7.5
10
20
36
36
36
36
40
5*
10
20
36
36
36
50
5*
7.5*
15
36
36
36
36
36
36
63
S500
10
5*
)5.8
36
36
5.3..8
4.5*
5.5
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
50** 50** 50** 50** 50** 50**
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5 10.5
36
36
36
50**
50** 50** 50** 50**
7.3..11
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
36
36
36
50**
50** 50** 50** 50**
10..15
4.5*
4.5
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
14..20
4.5*
4.5
4.5
7.5
10
15
18..26
4.5*
4.5
7.5
10
15
23..32
4.5*
29..37
4.5*
10
15
20
7.5
10
20
34..41
5*
10
20
38..45
5*
7.5*
15

2/28
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200L@ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
S200L
ABB SACE
Char.
Icu [kA]
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
2/29
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
10
B-C
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
)2
T
T
10
7.5
8.5
13
7.5
7.5
16
7.5
20
25
7.5
32
40
7.5
50
5*
7.5
T
T
63
S200
10
250
5*
6*
)2
10
8.5
13
16
20
4.5
6.5
25
2.5
9.5
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
63
3*
5*
9.5
32
2/30
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
10
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
)2
10
8.5
16
4.5
7.5
20
3.5
5.5
6.5
25
3.5
5.5
9.5
T
T
32
9.5
40
4.5
50
3*
9.5
63
S200
10
3*
5.5*
9.5
)2
10
8.5
16
7.5
20
25
7.5
40
7.5
50
5*
7.5
63
5*
6*
32
ABB SACE
2/31
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
15
B-C
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
)2
10.5
T
T
10.5
10
7.5
8.5
13
7.5
7.5
12
16
7.5
12
20
10
25
10
7.5
12
32
S200M
D
15
40
7.5
12
50
5*
7.5
10.5
63
5*
6*
10.5
)2
10.5
10.5
12
10
8.5
16
13.5
20
4.5
6.5
11
25
2.5
9.5
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
T
T
32
63
15
250
3*
5*
9.5
)2
10.5
10.5
12
10
8.5
16
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
25
3.5
5.5
9.5
T
T
32
9.5
40
4.5
50
3*
9.5
63
3*
5.5*
9.5
2/32
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
B-C
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
)2
15
15
17
15
15
17
10.5
15
17
10.5
15
17
10
7.5
8.5
17
13
7.5
7.5
12
20
16
7.5
12
20
20
10
15
25
10
15
7.5
12
32
15
S200P
25
D
40
7.5
12
50
5*
7.5
10.5
63
5*
6*
10.5
)2
15
15
15
15
10.5
15
10.5
12
10
8.5
13
13.5
16
13.5
20
4.5
6.5
11
25
2.5
9.5
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
63
3*
5*
9.5
32
15
250
ABB SACE
2/33
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
)2
15
15
17
15
15
17
10.5
15
17
T
T
10.5
12
17
10
8.5
17
13
7.5
10
13.5
16
4.5
7.5
10
13.5
20
3.5
5.5
6.5
11
25
3.5
5.5
9.5
4.5
9.5
40
50
3*
9.5
T
T
32
15
63
S200P
25
Z
3*
5.5*
9.5
)2
15
15
17
T
T
15
15
17
10.5
15
17
10.5
15
17
10
8.5
17
16
7.5
12
20
20
10
15
25
10
15
7.5
12
32
15
250
40
7.5
12
50
5*
7.5
10.5
63
5*
6*
10.5
2/34
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T3 - S290 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
S290
Char.
C-D-K
Icu [kA]
15
250
In [A]
160
200
80
4*
10
15
100
4*
7.5*
15
125
250
7.5*
Tmax T3 - S500 @ 400/415 V

Supply s.
T3
Version
N,S
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
B-C-D
Icu [kA]
50
250
In [A]
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
10.5
15
20
25
36
36
36
10
10
20
25
36
36
36
13
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
16
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
20
7.5
10
15
25
36
36
36
25
32
10
15
20
36
36
36
7.5
10
20
36
36
36
40
10
20
36
36
36
50
7.5*
15
36
36
36
36
63
S500
50
K
30
5*
6*
36
36
)5.8
36
36
36
36
5.3..8
10.5
36
36
36
7.3..11
36
36
36
10..15
7.5
10
15
14..20
7.5
10
15
18..26
7.5
10
15
23..32
10
15
20
7.5
10
20
34..41
10
20
38..45
7.5*
15
29..37
ABB SACE
2/35
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200L @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
S200L
Char.
Icu [kA]
EL
250
250
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250 100
T*
T*
10
5*
13
5*
16
3*
320
160
250
320
20
25
32
5**
40
2/36
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
10
B-C
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
10
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
320
250
320
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
6.5
13
5*
6.5
16
3*
6.5
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
63
250
)2
20
S200
EL
250
T*
T*
)2
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
13
5.5
16
5*
5.5
20
4**
25
4**
4.5
32
4.5*
40
4.5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
50
63

ABB SACE
2/37
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200 @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
2
K
10
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
10
250
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
320
250
320
)2
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
16
5*
20
25
5**
6*
32
5**
6*
T*
40
5.5*
T*
T*
50
5*
63
S200
EL
250
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
)2
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
6.5
5*
4.5
6.5
20
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
T*
16
63
2/38
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200M @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
15
B-C
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
15
100
200
250
100
160
320
250
320
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
6.5
13
5*
6.5
16
3*
6.5
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
T*
T*
)2
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
16
5.5
20
4**
25
4**
4.5
32
4.5*
40
4.5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
63
15
160
50
125
63
250
)2
20
S200M
EL
250
)2
T*
T*
T*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
10
5*
16
5*
20
25
5**
6*
32
5**
6*
T*
40
5.5*
T*
T*
50
5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
63

ABB SACE
2/39
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
B-C
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
25
15
125
160
200
250
100
160
320
250
320
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
6.5
13
5*
6.5
16
3*
6.5
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
T*
T*
)2
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
5.5
16
5.5
20
4**
25
4**
4.5
13
100
63
S200P
250
)2
20
15
EL
250
5*
32
4.5*
40
4.5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
50
63

2/40
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S200P @ 400/415 V
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
25
K
15
In [A]
20
25
32
50
25
Z
320
100
125
160
200
250
100
160
250
320
)2
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
13
5*
16
5*
20
25
5**
6*
32
5**
6*
T*
40
5.5*
T*
T*
50
5*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
T*
)2
T*
15
15*
15
15
15
15
15*
15
15
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
15
10
5*
6.5
5*
4.5
6.5
20
7.5
25
7.5
32
5**
7.5
40
6.5
50
5*
T*
16
15
250
80
63
S200P
EL
250
63

ABB SACE
2/41
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S290 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
Icu [kA]
C-K
S290
C
D
15
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
250
In [A]
EL
250
200
80
11
100
5*
12
8*
12
11
12
125
80
100
250
160
320
160
250
320
2/42
ABB SACE
Discrimination
Tmax T4 - S500 @ 400/415 V
Load s.
Char.
B-C
Icu [kA]
50
Supply s.
T4
Version
N,S, H, L, V
Release
TM,M
Iu [A]
250
In [A]
20
25
32
50
80
30
250 100
160
320
250
320
7.5*
7.5
7.5
16
6.5*
6.5
6.5
11
13
6.5
5*
6.5
6.5
11
16
5*
6.5
6.5
11
20
4*
6.5
6.5
11
25
6.5
11
32
6.5
40
5*
6.5
5*
7.5
T
T
5*
7.5
7.5*
7.5
7.5
16
10
6.5
6.5*
6.5
6.5
11
T
T
6.5
11
16
5*
6.5
11
20
6.5**
11
25
6.5**
11
32
8*
40
6.5*
T*
7.5*
T*
7*
T*
T
T
63
200
6.5
50
50
160
7.5
13
50
125
63
100
10
50
S500
EL
250
)5.8
40
40*
40
40
40
5.3..8
6*
40
7.3..11
5*
40
10..15
5*
12
14..20
12
18..26
5**
12*
23..32
5**
12*
T*
29..37
5**
8*
T*
T*
34..41
6*
T*
T*
38..45
6*
8*
T*
T*

ABB SACE
2/43

ABB SACE.
ABB SACE S.p.A

L.V. Breakers
Via Baioni, 35
Tel.: +39 035.395.111 - Telefax: +39 035.395.306-433
http://www.abb.com
OTC
Ver 1.0.0.0001
1.
WARNINGS ........................................................................................................ 3
2.
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 4
3.
REFERENCE STANDARDS ............................................................................ 4
4.
MENU COMMANDS......................................................................................... 5
5.
MODULE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF OVERTEMPERATURES 6
6.
CALCULATION ALGORITHMS AND FORMULAS: BASICS............... 11
7.
PRINTOUTS ..................................................................................................... 13
1. Warnings
The user must:
Conditions of use:
2. Introduction
The thermal calculation module makes it possible to evaluate the thermal behaviour of ABB boards and if desired to
dimension the fans and air-conditioning units to be installed in the board. It can also be used on sets of boards obtained
by installing several units side by side.
3. Reference standards
The algorithms used by the software are as described in Standard IEC 60890, hereinafter the Reference Standard; if
the use of air-conditioning or fans is specified (a situation not considered in the Reference Standard), the program still
uses computation algorithms that are compatible with Standard EN 60439 on low-voltage boards.
3.1.
Range of applicability of the results

The Reference Standard specifies very clearly the applicability of the calculation algorithms:
The proposed method makes it possible to determine the overtemperatures, or the air
temperatures, inside the enclosure, but is unable to determine the temperatures of individual
equipment, devices and cables contained in it
The temperatures of the air inside the board is the same as that of the ambient air outside the
enclosure plus the overtemperatures of the air inside the board due to the power dissipated by
the devices installed (when the air-conditioning is used)
Unless otherwise specified, the temperature of ambient air outside the PTTA corresponds to
the temperature specified for PTTA units for indoor installation: 35C (average value over 24
hours). If the temperature of the ambient air outside the PTTA at the utilisation site exceeds
35 C, this higher temperatures is regarded as the temperature of the ambient air in the PTTA
The distribution of dissipated power inside the enclosure is basically even; the devices are
installed in the board so as not to hinder the circulation of the air, other than to a minimal
extent
The equipment installed is designed for DC or AC, up to and including 60 Hz, with the sum
of supply circuit currents not exceeding 3150A
The cables carrying high currents and the structural parts are arranged so as to ensure that
losses due to eddy current will be negligible
In enclosures with ventilation openings, the cross-section of the air outlet holes is at least 1.1
times as big as the cross-section of the air inlet openings
Any of the compartments of the PTTA will not contain more than three horizontal frames
When enclosures with external ventilation openings are divided into cells, the area of the
ventilation openings in each internal horizontal frame must cover at least 50% the horizontal
section of the cell.
The results of the calculation process are reliable provided that the conditions defined in the
Reference Standards are complied with. Otherwise, the algorithms employed might fail to
provide a correct interpretation of the physical reality of the temperatures inside the board.
4. Menu commands
Using the menu commands, the management of the ABB thermal calculation module is user-friendly and all the relative
calculation processes can be performed easily.
4.1.
File menus
The File menu contains the following commands:
New > creates a new computation file
Open... > opens a previously saved thermal dimensioning file (extension *.tra)
Save > Saves the calculation underway; it creates a file in binary format with extension *.tra;
at the same time, a text file (*.txt) is also created to facilitate the consultation of the results
obtained
Save as > Saves the thermal dimensioning project underway with a name other than the
current one
Data > Enables the user to enter, or change, the data in the project heading (customer, plant,
project, board )
Export drawing > Exports the board overtemperatures curve in *.wmf format for pasting in
other applications
Print > Prints the data and the results of the thermal calculations
Exit > Closes the thermal calculation module
4.2.
Help menu
The Help menu gives access to the help file, the information about the product version and its
utilisation conditions.
5. Module for the determination of overtemperatures

To use the thermal calculation module, first of all you must specify the Cooling system that you intend to adopt by
selecting one of the three options listed. The next item to be selected is the unknown quantity that you want to
determine by selecting the desired Quantity to be determined option. Choosing an unknown converts the other options
into data that have to be defined before starting the dimensioning process.
Cooling system
Natural ventilation
Forced ventilation
Air-conditioning
Target of calculation
Temperature profile
Losable power
Temperature profile
Losable power
Fan capacity
Temperature profile
Losable power
Conditioning power
(Figure 1) First window of the tool for the calculation of overtemperatures
The central part of the interface is dedicated to the definition of the properties of the board,
i.e., the input data relating to its construction characteristics; in particular, the user must
specify:
Type of installation
Regardless of the calculation method adopted, the user can choose from among the
installation modalities defined in the Reference Standard and listed below.
Separate enclosure, detached on all sides
Separate enclosure for wall-mounting
First or last enclosure, detached type
First or last enclosure, for wall-mounting
Central enclosure, detached type
Central enclosure, wall-mounting type
Covered on 2 sides and top surface, for wall mounting
Dimensions of the enclosure

Horizontal frames
(See 3.1 (Range of applicability of the results)
Moreover, in the case of natural ventilation, the user must also specify:
The area of the ventilation grids
In the case of forced ventilation or air-conditioning, when the values are not given as outputs
from the calculation, the user must specify:
Fan capacity, or
You can enter the air-conditioning power form the keyboard or use a calculator shaped button
to select one of the values offered by ABB.
The zone dedicated to the Effective cooling area (Ae) displays some partial results of the
calculation, i.e., some parameters determined according to the Reference Standard, which
help the user understand the calculation performed; obviously, this requires a good
knowledge of the calculation method employed (this is recommended, but is totally at the
discretion of the user).
Click Next> to access the second and last page of the calculation.
(Figure 2) Second window of the tool for the calculation of overtemperatures
The first line under the menu recalls the cooling system and the calculation target selected in
the first screen.
The box Power losses enables the user to define the powers dissipated and the demand
factor, i.e., the main factors contributing to heating the board; in particular, as far as
dissipated powers are concerned, it is possible to define the contribution of the devices
installed (Devices rated power losses), the contribution due to bars and cables
(Conductors power losses) plus a generic contribution available to the user (Extra power
losses).
The calculator to the right of the demand factor opens a window with the preferential values
that can be assigned to this factor as a function of the number of main circuits present in the
board.
The software performs the calculation in real time and updates whenever an input value is
changed. This means there is no need to use a specific command to perform the calculation
and consistency between the data is always ensured; the results are displayed on screen for
the user to see and can be printed out at any time.
All the results of the calculation are grouped in the Results box.
The Power [W] box provides an overview of the powers dissipated in the board and,
depending on the cooling system adopted, the power removed by the fan or the airconditioning system.
In this manner it is easy to see how the software determines the value of Total power losses
which is then used to calculate the internal overtemperatures with the method specified in the
Reference Standard.
The overtemperatures vs. enclosure height curve (available only in the case of natural
ventilation) makes it possible to determine the temperatures at the points where the devices
are installed.
It is sufficient to know the installation height of the device to be checked, read the
overtemperature value on the abscissas and add the Ambient temperature value to obtain
the internal temperature of the board at the desired height.
(Figure 3) Graphic of overtemperatures inside the enclosure
You can either print the calculation report, or

Use the Export drawing command in the File menu, or
Move the mouse pointer over the graphic, right click and select Export drawing: now
you can paste the graphic in any other application!
The value assumed by the calculation target selected in the first page appears in the bottom
part of the screen.
The table below provides an overview of the parameters calculated by the software
depending on type of cooling system and the calculation target selected by the user.
Cooling system
Target of
calculation
Temperature
profile
Natural ventilation
Losable power
Temperature
profile
Forced ventilation
Losable power
Fan capacity
Temperature
profile
Air-conditioning
Losable power
Conditioning
power
Results
Power losses extracted by the fan
Fan capacity
Average temperature inside the enclosure
Power losses extracted by the air-conditioning
6. Calculation algorithms and formulas: basics

As mentioned above, if natural ventilation is used, the calculation method adopted is that of the Reference Standard. In
the presence of air-conditioning or fans (situations not envisaged by the Reference Standard), the calculation algorithms
used are still compatible with Standard EN 60439.
Some important details of the calculation process are given below.
6.1.
Determination of Ae
The determination of Ae (Effective cooling area that determines the heat exchange between
the enclosure and the external environment) is generalised to the entire ABB thermal
calculation module and is applied both in the case of natural ventilation and in the case of
forced ventilation or air-conditioning.
For further details on the calculation process see the Reference Standard.
6.2.
Forced ventilation
In the case of forced ventilation (a situation not considered by the Reference Standard), the
thermal power extracted by the fan is determined with this formula:
where:
P = Q (Te - Ti ) / fx
P = Power to be extracted [W]
Q = Fan capacity [m3/h]
fx = Thermal exchange coefficient [m3 C/Wh]
Te = Ambient temperatures [C]
Ti = Temperatures inside the enclosure [C] (Te <Ti)
The table below gives the values of fx as a function of altitude above sea level (from the
qualitative standpoint, air density decreases with increasing altitude and its capacity to
subtract heat decreases accordingly).
Altitude above sea level of installation site [m]
fx [m3 C/Wh]
0 100
3.1
100 250
3.2
250 500
3.3
500 750
3.4
750 1000
3.5
Then, the power extracted by the fan is subtracted from the power dissipated in the enclosure
and the calculation is performed according to the Reference Standard without natural
ventilation openings.
For further calculation details, see the Reference Standard.
6.3.
Air-conditioning
Air-conditioning is not taken into account in the Reference Standard; in this case, the
software uses the formulas given below.
As a rule, the use of air-conditioning shows that ambient temperature is greater than the
interior temperature of the enclosure: in this case, the contribution of the thermal power that
is transmitted through the surface of the board must be summed to the power losses due to
the devices, the cables, etc.
This contribution is obtained from the following formula:
where
Pa = Kf Ae (Te - Ti)
Pa = Power entering the enclosure through the environment [W]
Ae = Effective cooling area [m2]
Te = External temperature [C]
Ti = Interior temperature [C]
Kf = Thermal exchange coefficient (depending on the board wall material; in our case
it is Kf = 5.5 [W / m2 C])
The air-conditioning power to be installed is given by this formula:

where
Pc = Pt /Kx
Pc = Air-conditioning power to be installed [W]
Kx = Cooling efficiency of the air-conditioning
Pt = Total power loss in the board (Pa included) [W]
The Kx factor, which is a function of the ambient temperature and the temperature you want
to obtain inside the board, is given by the manufacturer of the air-conditioning system. For
ABB air-conditioners, Kx is obtained from the diagram shown below (only ambient
temperatures in the 20 - 55C range and interior temperatures in the 20 - 45C range can be
considered).
The software adds the power Pa to the power dissipated inside the board, subtracts the power
removed by the air-conditioning and then performs the calculation according to the Reference
Standard without natural ventilation openings.
For further details on the calculation process, see the Reference Standard.
1,4
1,3
1,1
1
0,9
45
0,8
40
0,7
35
0,6
30
25
0,5
20
0,4
Temperature inside the enclosure [C]
1,2
0,3
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
Ambient temperature [C ]
(Figure 4) Kx factor determination diagram
7. Printouts
The thermal calculation module offers ad hoc report forms as a function of the Cooling system adopted; printed
reports contain all the parameters needed for the thermal dimensioning calculation: both the input data (dimensions of
the board, installation modalities) and the results (temperatures, power losses).
The items Customer, Plant, Project/Quotation, Board, Designer and Date that appear in the heading of the printed
documents can be added to the calculation report through the main menu Data command.
If they are not associated with a numerical value, the items Total power losses, Losable power and Losable power
still available (residual) will not be taken into account.

Abb Docwin

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Abb Docwin

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

USER MANUAL PART 1 STARTING TO WORK WITH DOCWin

! 9 ' "' >

"! ) ' ! "

"! ) ' ! "

USER MANUAL PART 2 DRAWING UTILITIES

USER MANUAL VERSION 3.0

1.6.1. Cable dimensioning

1.6.2. Methods used to dimension phase conductors

1.6.3. Optimization of neutral or PEN conductors

1.6.4. Dimensioning of PE conductors

& 1'@' ' @ "

1.6.5. Parameters used for dimensioning

W '% G' WW5

1.6.6. Results of dimensioning

'* &@(' @'@<

* G0 '* & &%

. 0 G0. ' @ "

1.13.2. Circuit-breaker interface

1.13.3. Coordination with other circuit-breakers

1.13.4. Circuit-breaker selection

1.13.5. Plant properties

1.13.6. Short-circuit currents

&' &@ FC>?E B5 $ $

&' &@ FC>?E ? "

& 1: /&, &

USER MANUAL VERSION 3.0

&' &!(" " &' ) ) * +' "

USER MANUAL PART 5 - PRINTING

%/ " " "

Example of TEXT object

Example of selected TEXT object

USING CURVES ................................................................................................ 7

ADVANCED FEATURES ............................................................................... 17

PRINT COMMANDS ...................................................................................... 20

Curves User Guide page 2

Curves User Guide page 3

Curves User Guide page 4

New > Creates a new file.

Open > Opens a previously saved Curves file (extension *.crs).

Exit > Closes Curves.

Ib > Visualizes a vertical line at the Ib of the highlighted object.

Iz > Visualizes a vertical line at 1,45xIz of the highlighted object.

Ikmin> Visualizes a vertical line at minimum fault current of the

Curves User Guide page 5

Relations > Switches o panel Relations.

Toolbar specific options

Voltage > Defines the diagram reference voltage

Thickness > Changes the thickness of the curve of the highlighted

Curves User Guide page 6

Curves main window

(Figure 1) Main window

Moving the diagram

Curves User Guide page 7

(Figure 2) Circuit breaker selection window

Curves User Guide page 8

Setting the releases

(Figure 3) The red dashed curve is the current object

Curves User Guide page 9

Circuit breaker with electronic release

(Figure 4) Electronic release control panel

Curves User Guide page 10

Setting a release directly in the diagram

(Figure 5) Position of thresholds

(Figure 6) Current setting when dragging a curve